Regenerate.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17843 45625))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17843 45609))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17844 62922))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17843 45615))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17843 45609))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
802 the ITEM.
803
804 EXPOSURE:
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 CONCEALED:
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
816
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
818
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
824
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
826
827 ;;;***
828 \f
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17843 45624))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
834
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
843
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
845 Not documented
846
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17843 45625))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
862
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
864
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
870
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17843 45609))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
885
886 \(fn)" t nil)
887
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
902
903 ;;;***
904 \f
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17838 18033))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
914 \\[yank].
915
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
919 the rules.
920
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
925
926 \(fn)" t nil)
927
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
930 \\{antlr-mode-map}
931
932 \(fn)" t nil)
933
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
937
938 \(fn)" nil nil)
939
940 ;;;***
941 \f
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17843 45615))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
952
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
954
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
957
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
959
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
962
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
964
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
968
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
970
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
974
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
976
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
980
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
982
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
986
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
988
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
992
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
994
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
998
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1000
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1003
1004 \(fn)" t nil)
1005
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1013
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1015 function.
1016
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1019
1020 \(fn)" nil nil)
1021
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1026
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1028
1029 ;;;***
1030 \f
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17843 45609))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1035
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1040
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1043
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1045
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1052
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1054 normal variables.
1055
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1059
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1069
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1072
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1077
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1080
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1082
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1087
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1092
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1095
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1097
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1099
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1110
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1119
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 bindings.
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1124
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1126
1127 ;;;***
1128 \f
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17843
1130 ;;;;;; 45609))
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1132
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1139
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1142 archive.
1143
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1145
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1147
1148 ;;;***
1149 \f
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17843 45609))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1152
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1155
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1159
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1161
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1165
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1170 The variables are:
1171
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1179
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1183
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1186
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1191
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1196
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1201
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1204
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1207
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1212
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1214
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1216
1217 \(fn)" t nil)
1218
1219 ;;;***
1220 \f
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17843
1222 ;;;;;; 45629))
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1224
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1229
1230 How to quit artist mode
1231
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233
1234
1235 How to submit a bug report
1236
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238
1239
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1241
1242 mouse-2
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1245 below).
1246
1247 mouse-1
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1249 or pastes:
1250
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 to new point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 lines
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Paste Paste Paste
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1283 or diagonally.
1284
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1289 poly-lines.
1290
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1294
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1298
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1300
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1303
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1307
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1309 some time to fill.
1310
1311
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1314
1315
1316 Settings
1317
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1319
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1321
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1323
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1325
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1328
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1330
1331
1332 Drawing with keys
1333
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1340
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1342
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1344
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1351
1352
1353 Arrows
1354
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361
1362 Selecting operation
1363
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1386
1387
1388 Variables
1389
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1392
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1412
1413 Hooks
1414
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1417
1418
1419 Keymap summary
1420
1421 \\{artist-mode-map}
1422
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1424
1425 ;;;***
1426 \f
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17843
1428 ;;;;;; 45626))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1430
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1434
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1439
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1442
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1445
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1447
1448 Special commands:
1449 \\{asm-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1458
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1460 Obsolete.")
1461
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1463
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1466
1467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1468
1469 ;;;***
1470 \f
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1474
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1478
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1480
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1491
1492 For example:
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1498
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1500
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1502
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1509
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1511
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1518
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1520
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1522
1523 ;;;***
1524 \f
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1528
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1531
1532 \(fn)" t nil)
1533
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17843 45609))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1539
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1543
1544 \(fn)" t nil)
1545
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1550
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1552
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1559
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1561
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1566
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1569
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571
1572 ;;;***
1573 \f
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1578
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1584
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1586
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1588
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1595
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1598
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1604
1605 \(fn)" nil nil)
1606
1607 ;;;***
1608 \f
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17843 45609))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1613
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1616
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1622
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1624
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1627
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1630
1631 \(fn)" nil nil)
1632
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1636
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1642
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1646
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1648
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1650
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1653
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1656
1657 \(fn)" nil nil)
1658
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1664 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1665
1666 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1667
1668 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1669 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1670
1671 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1672 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 ;;;***
1678 \f
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1680 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17843 45609))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1682
1683 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1684 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1685 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1687 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1688
1689 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1690
1691 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1692 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1693 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1694 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1695
1696 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1697 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1698 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1699
1700 Effects of the different modes:
1701 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1702 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1703 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1704 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1705 a random distance & direction.
1706 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1707 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1708 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1709
1710 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1711
1712 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1713 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1714 definition of \"random distance\".)
1715
1716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1717
1718 ;;;***
1719 \f
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1721 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1723
1724 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1725 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1726
1727 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1728 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1729
1730 For example:
1731
1732 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1733 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1734 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1735 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1736
1737 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1738
1739 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1740
1741 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1742
1743 ;;;***
1744 \f
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1748 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1749
1750 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1752 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754
1755 \(fn)" t nil)
1756
1757 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1758 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1759 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1762 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1763
1764 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1765
1766 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1767 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1768 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1769 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1770 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1771 seconds.
1772
1773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1774
1775 ;;;***
1776 \f
1777 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1778 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17843 45615))
1779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1780
1781 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1782 Time execution of FORMS.
1783 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1784 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1785 FORMS once.
1786 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1787 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1788 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1789
1790 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1791
1792 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1793 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1794 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1795 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1796 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1797
1798 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1799
1800 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1801 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1802 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1803 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1804 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1805
1806 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1807
1808 ;;;***
1809 \f
1810 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17843
1811 ;;;;;; 45630))
1812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1813
1814 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1815 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1816
1817 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1818
1819 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1820 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1821 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1822 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1823
1824 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1825 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1826 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1827 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1828 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1829
1830 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1831 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1832
1833
1834 Special information:
1835
1836 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1837
1838 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1839 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1840 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1841 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1842 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1843 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1844 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1846 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1847 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1849
1850 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1851 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1852 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1853 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1854 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1855 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1856 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1857 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1858
1859 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1860
1861 ----------------------------------------------------------
1862 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1863 if that value is non-nil.
1864
1865 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1866
1867 \(fn)" t nil)
1868
1869 ;;;***
1870 \f
1871 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1872 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1873 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
1874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1875
1876 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1877
1878 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1879 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1880 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1881
1882 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1883
1884 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1885 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1886
1887 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1888
1889 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1890 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1891
1892 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1893
1894 ;;;***
1895 \f
1896 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17843
1897 ;;;;;; 45625))
1898 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1899
1900 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1901 Play blackbox.
1902 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1903
1904 What is blackbox?
1905
1906 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1907 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1908 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1909 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1910 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1911 your score.
1912
1913 Overview of play:
1914
1915 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1916 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1917 four.
1918
1919 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1920 movement keys.
1921
1922 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1923 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1924
1925 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1926 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1927
1928 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1929 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1930 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1931 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1932 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1933 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1934
1935 Details:
1936
1937 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1938
1939 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1940 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1941 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1942 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1943
1944 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1945 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1946 denoted by the letter `R'.
1947
1948 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1949 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1950 denoted by the letter `H'.
1951
1952 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1953 example.
1954
1955 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1956 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1957 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1958 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1959 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1960 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1961 ray.
1962
1963 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1964 degree deflection it causes.
1965
1966 1
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1969 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1970 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1975 2 3
1976
1977 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1978 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1979
1980
1981 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1983 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1989
1990 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1991 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1992 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1993 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1994 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1995 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1996 emerging from the box.
1997
1998 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1999
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2005 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2008
2009 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2010 a reflection.
2011
2012 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2013
2014 ;;;***
2015 \f
2016 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2019 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17843 45609))
2020 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2023 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2024
2025 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2026 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2027 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2028 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2029 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2030 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2031 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2044
2045 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2046 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2047 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2048 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2049 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2050 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2051 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2052 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2053 recent one.
2054
2055 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2056 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2057 yank successive words.
2058
2059 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2060 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2061 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2062 name of the file being visited.
2063
2064 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2065 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2066 the list of bookmarks.)
2067
2068 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2069
2070 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2071 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2072 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2073 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2074 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2075 this.
2076
2077 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2078 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2079 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2080 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2081
2082 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2083
2084 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2085 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2086 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2087 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2088 after a bookmark was set in it.
2089
2090 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2091
2092 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2093 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2094 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2095 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2096
2097 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2098
2099 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2100
2101 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2102 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2103 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2104 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2105
2106 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2107 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2108 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2109
2110 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2111 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2112 name.
2113
2114 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2115
2116 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2117 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2118 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2119 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2120 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2121 this.
2122
2123 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2124
2125 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2126 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2127 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2128 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2129 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2130 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2131 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2132 probably because we were called from there.
2133
2134 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2135
2136 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2137 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2138 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2139
2140 \(fn)" t nil)
2141
2142 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2143 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2144 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2145 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2146 \(second argument).
2147
2148 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2149 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2150 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2151 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2152 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2153
2154 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2155 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2156 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2157 `bookmark-default-file'.
2158
2159 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2160
2161 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2162 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2163 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2164 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2165 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2166 while loading.
2167
2168 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2169 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2170 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2171 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2172 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2173 explicitly.
2174
2175 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2176 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2177 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2178 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2179
2180 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2183 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2184 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2185 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2186 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2187
2188 \(fn)" t nil)
2189
2190 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2191
2192 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2193
2194 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2195
2196 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2197
2198 ;;;***
2199 \f
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2209 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17843 45624))
2210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2211
2212 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2213 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2214 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2215 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2216
2217 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2218 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2219 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2220 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2221 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2222
2223 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2224
2225 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2226 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2227
2228 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2229
2230 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2231 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2232
2233 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2234
2235 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2236 Not documented
2237
2238 \(fn)" nil nil)
2239
2240 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2241 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2242 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2243 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2244 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2245 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2246
2247 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2248
2249 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2250 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2251 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2252 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2253 narrowed.
2254
2255 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2256
2257 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2258 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2259
2260 \(fn)" t nil)
2261
2262 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2263 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2264
2265 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2266
2267 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2268 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2269 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2270 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2271
2272 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2273
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2276 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2277 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2278
2279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2280
2281 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2282 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2283 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2284 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2285 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2286 to use.
2287
2288 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2291 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2292 Default to the URL around or before point.
2293
2294 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2295 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2296 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2297 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2298
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2300 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2303 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2304 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2305
2306 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2307
2308 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2309 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2310 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2311 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2312
2313 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2314 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2315 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2316 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317
2318 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2319 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2320 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2321
2322 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2323 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2324
2325 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2326
2327 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2328 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2329 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2330 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2331
2332 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2333 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2334 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2335 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336
2337 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2338 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2339 new tab in an existing window instead.
2340
2341 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2342 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2343
2344 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2348 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2349 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2350 Firefox.
2351
2352 When called interactively, if variable
2353 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2354 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2355 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2359 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2360 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2361
2362 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2363 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364
2365 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2366 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2367 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2368 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2369 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2370 URL in a new window.
2371
2372 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2376 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2377 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2378
2379 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2380 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2381 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2382 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383
2384 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2385 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2386 new tab in an existing window instead.
2387
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2400 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2401 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407
2408 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2410
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2413 program is invoked according to the variable
2414 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2415
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2429 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2430
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432
2433 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point.
2436
2437 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2438 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2439 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2440
2441 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2442 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2443 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2444 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2450
2451 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2452 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2453 Default to the URL around or before point.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point.
2460
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2463 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2464
2465 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2466 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2472 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2473 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2474
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476
2477 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2480 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2481 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2482
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484
2485 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2488 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2489
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2492 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2493 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2499
2500 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2502 Default to the URL around or before point.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2507 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2508 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2509 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2510 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2511 current one.
2512
2513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2514 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2515 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2516 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517
2518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2522
2523 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2524 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2525 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2526 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2527 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2528 don't offer a form of remote control.
2529
2530 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2531
2532 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2534 Default to the URL around or before point.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537
2538 ;;;***
2539 \f
2540 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17843
2541 ;;;;;; 45625))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2543
2544 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2545 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2546
2547 \(fn)" t nil)
2548
2549 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2550 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2551
2552 \(fn)" nil nil)
2553
2554 ;;;***
2555 \f
2556 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2557 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17843 45609))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2559
2560 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2561 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2562 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2563 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2564
2565 \(fn)" t nil)
2566
2567 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2568 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2569 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2570 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2571
2572 \(fn)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2575 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2576
2577 \(fn)" t nil)
2578
2579 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2580 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2581 \\<bs-mode-map>
2582 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2583 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2584 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2585 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2586
2587 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2588 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2589 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2590 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2591 name of buffer configuration.
2592
2593 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2594
2595 ;;;***
2596 \f
2597 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2598 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17843
2599 ;;;;;; 45609))
2600 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2601
2602 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2603 Keymap used by buttons.")
2604
2605 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2607 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2608
2609 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2610 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2611 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2612 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2613 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2614 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2615
2616 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2617 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2618 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2619 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2620
2621 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622
2623 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2624 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2625 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2626 specifying properties to add to the button.
2627 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2628 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2629 `define-button-type'.
2630
2631 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2632
2633 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634
2635 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2636 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2637 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638 specifying properties to add to the button.
2639 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2640 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2641 `define-button-type'.
2642
2643 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2644
2645 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2646
2647 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2648 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2649 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2650 specifying properties to add to the button.
2651 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2652 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2653 `define-button-type'.
2654
2655 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2656 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2657 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2658 `make-text-button'.
2659
2660 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2661
2662 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2663
2664 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2665 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2666 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2667 specifying properties to add to the button.
2668 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2669 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2670 `define-button-type'.
2671
2672 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2673 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2674 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2675 `insert-text-button'.
2676
2677 Also see `make-text-button'.
2678
2679 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2680
2681 ;;;***
2682 \f
2683 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2685 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2686 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2687 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17843 45615))
2688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2690 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2691
2692 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2693 Not documented
2694
2695 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2696
2697 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2698 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2699 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2700
2701 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2702
2703 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2704 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2705 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2706 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2707
2708 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2709 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2710 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2711 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2712 whether to compile it.
2713
2714 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2715
2716 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2717 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2718
2719 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2720 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721
2722 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2723 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2724 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2725 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2726 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2727
2728 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2729
2730 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2731 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2732 Print the result in the echo area.
2733 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2734
2735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2736
2737 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2738 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2739 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2740
2741 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2742
2743 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2744 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2745 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2746 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2747 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2748 all functions called by those functions.
2749
2750 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2751 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2752 cons, etc.).
2753
2754 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2755 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2756 invoked interactively.
2757
2758 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2759
2760 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2761 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2762 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2763 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2764
2765 \(fn)" nil nil)
2766
2767 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2768 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2769 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2770 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2771 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2772 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2773 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2774 already up-to-date.
2775
2776 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2777
2778 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2779 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2780 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2781 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2782
2783 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2784 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2785 and corresponding effects.
2786
2787 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2788
2789 ;;;***
2790 \f
2791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17843 45615))
2792 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2793
2794 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2795
2796 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2797
2798 ;;;***
2799 \f
2800 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2801 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
2802 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2803
2804 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2805 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2806 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2807 from the cursor position.
2808
2809 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2810
2811 ;;;***
2812 \f
2813 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2814 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2815 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2816 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
2817 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2818
2819 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2820 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2821
2822 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2823 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2824
2825 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2826 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2827
2828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2829
2830 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2831 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2832
2833 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2836 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2837
2838 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2839
2840 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2842
2843 \(fn)" t nil)
2844
2845 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2847 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2848 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2849
2850 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2851
2852 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2853 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2854 This is most useful in the X window system.
2855 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2856 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2857
2858 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2859
2860 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2861 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2862 See calc-keypad for details.
2863
2864 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2865
2866 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2867 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2868
2869 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2870
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2872 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2873
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2877 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2878
2879 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2880
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2882 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2883 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2888 Not documented
2889
2890 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2891
2892 ;;;***
2893 \f
2894 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17843
2895 ;;;;;; 45609))
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2897
2898 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2899 Run the Emacs calculator.
2900 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2901
2902 \(fn)" t nil)
2903
2904 ;;;***
2905 \f
2906 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2907 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2909 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2910 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2911 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2912 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2913 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2914 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2915 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2916 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2917 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2918 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2920 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2921 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2922 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2923 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17843 45615))
2924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2925
2926 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2927 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2928 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2929 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2930 the screen.")
2931
2932 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2933
2934 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2935 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2936 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2937 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2938 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2939 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2940
2941 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2942
2943 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2944 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2945 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2946
2947 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2948
2949 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2950 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2951 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2952
2953 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2954
2955 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2956 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2957 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2958 displayed.")
2959
2960 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2961
2962 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2963 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2964 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2965
2966 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2967
2968 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2969 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2970 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2971
2972 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2973
2974 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2975
2976 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2977 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2978 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2979
2980 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2981 calendar.")
2982
2983 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2984
2985 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2986 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2987 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2988
2989 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2990 calendar.")
2991
2992 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2993
2994 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2995 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2996 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2997
2998 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2999 calendar.")
3000
3001 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3002
3003 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3004 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3005 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3006
3007 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3008
3009 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3010 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3011 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3012 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3013 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3014
3015 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3016
3017 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3018 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3019 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3020 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3021 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3022 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3023 a function is also provided for this:
3024 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3025
3026 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3027 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3028 date is not visible in the window.
3029
3030 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3031 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3032 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3033
3034 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3035
3036 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3037 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3038
3039 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3040 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3041 date is visible in the window.
3042
3043 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3044 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3045 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3046
3047 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3048
3049 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3050 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3051
3052 For example,
3053
3054 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3055
3056 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3057
3058 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3059
3060 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3061 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3062
3063 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3064 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3065
3066 MONTH/DAY
3067 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3068 MONTHNAME DAY
3069 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3070 DAYNAME
3071
3072 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3073 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3074 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3075 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3076 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3077 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3078 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3079 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3080 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3081 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3082 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3083 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3084 in every week.
3085
3086 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3087 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3088 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3089 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3090
3091 DAY/MONTH
3092 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3093 DAY MONTHNAME
3094 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3095 DAYNAME
3096
3097 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3098 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3099
3100 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3101 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3102 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3103 window but will appear in a diary window.
3104
3105 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3106 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3107
3108 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3109 entries (in the default American style):
3110
3111 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3112 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3113 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3114 21: Payday
3115 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3116 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3117 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3118 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3119 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3120 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3121 &* 15 time cards due.
3122
3123 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3124 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3125 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3126 single diary entry
3127
3128 02/11/1989
3129 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3130 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3131 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3132 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3133 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3134 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3135
3136 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3137 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3138 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3139
3140 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3141
3142 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3143
3144 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3145 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3146 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3147 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3148 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3149 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3150 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3151 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3152 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3153 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3154 details.
3155
3156 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3157 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3158 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3159 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3160 documentation for these functions for details.
3161
3162 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3163 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3164
3165 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3166
3167 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3168 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3169
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171
3172 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3173 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3174
3175 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176
3177 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3179
3180 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3181
3182 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3184
3185 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3186
3187 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3188 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3189 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3190
3191 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3192
3193 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3194 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3195 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3196
3197 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3198
3199 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3200 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3201 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3202 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3203 full.")
3204
3205 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3206
3207 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3208 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3209 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3210 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3211 are
3212
3213 DAY/MONTH
3214 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3215 DAY MONTHNAME
3216 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3217 DAYNAME
3218
3219 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3220 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3221 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3222
3223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3224 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3225 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3226 `american-calendar'.")
3227
3228 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3229
3230 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3231 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3232 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3233
3234 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3235
3236 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3237 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3238 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3239
3240 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3241
3242 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3243 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3244 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3245
3246 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3247
3248 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3249 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3250 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3251
3252 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3253
3254 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3255 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3256 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3257 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3258 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3259 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3260
3261 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3262
3263 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3264 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3265 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3266
3267 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3268 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3269 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3270 of the form
3271
3272 #include \"filename\"
3273
3274 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3275 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3276 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3277 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3278 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3279
3280 For example, you could use
3281
3282 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3283 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3284 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3285
3286 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3287 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3288 lexicographic order.")
3289
3290 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3291
3292 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3293 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3294 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3295
3296 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3297
3298 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3299 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3300 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3301 diary display.
3302
3303 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3304 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3305 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3306 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3307 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3308 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3309 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3310
3311 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3312 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3313 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3314 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3315 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3316 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3317 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3318 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3319
3320 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3321
3322 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3323 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3324 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3325 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3326 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3327 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3328 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3329
3330 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3331
3332 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3334
3335 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3336 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3337 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3338 of the form
3339 #include \"filename\"
3340 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3341 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3342 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3343 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3344 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3345
3346 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3347
3348 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3349 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3350 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3351 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3352 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3353 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3354 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3355
3356 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3357
3358 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3359 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3360 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3361 are holidays.")
3362
3363 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3364
3365 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3366 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3367 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3368 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3369 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3370
3371 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3372
3373 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3374
3375 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3376 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3378
3379 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3380
3381 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3382
3383 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3384 Oriental holidays.
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3386
3387 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3388
3389 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3390
3391 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3392 Local holidays.
3393 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3394
3395 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3396
3397 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3398
3399 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3400 User defined holidays.
3401 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3402
3403 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3404
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3406
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3408
3409 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3410
3411 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3412
3413 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3414
3415 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3416
3417 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3418
3419 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3420
3421 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3422
3423 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3424 Jewish holidays.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3426
3427 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3428
3429 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3430
3431 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3432 Christian holidays.
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3434
3435 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3436
3437 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3438
3439 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3440 Islamic holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3442
3443 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3444
3445 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3446
3447 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3448 Baha'i holidays.
3449 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3450
3451 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3452
3453 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3454
3455 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3456 Sun-related holidays.
3457 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3458
3459 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3460
3461 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3462
3463 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3464 The frame setup of the calendar.
3465 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3466 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3467 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3468 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3469 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3470
3471 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3472
3473 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3474 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3475 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3476
3477 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3478 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3479
3480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3481
3482 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3483 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3484 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3485
3486 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3487 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3488 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3489 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3490
3491 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3492
3493 ;;;***
3494 \f
3495 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3496 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17843 45616))
3497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3498
3499 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3500 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3501
3502 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3503
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3505 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3506 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3507 it fails.
3508
3509 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3510
3511 ;;;***
3512 \f
3513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17843
3514 ;;;;;; 45626))
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3516 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3517
3518 ;;;***
3519 \f
3520 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3521 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
3522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3523
3524 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3525 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3526
3527 \(fn)" nil nil)
3528
3529 ;;;***
3530 \f
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3532 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3533 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3535
3536 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3537 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3538 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3539 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3540 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3541 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3542 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3543
3544 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3545
3546 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3547 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3554
3555 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3556 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3557 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3558 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3559 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3560 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3561
3562 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3563
3564 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3565 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3566
3567 Key bindings:
3568 \\{c-mode-map}
3569
3570 \(fn)" t nil)
3571
3572 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3573 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3574
3575 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3576 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3577 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3578 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3579 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3580 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3581 message.
3582
3583 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3584
3585 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3586 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3587
3588 Key bindings:
3589 \\{c++-mode-map}
3590
3591 \(fn)" t nil)
3592
3593 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3594 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3595 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3596
3597 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3598 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3599 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3600 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3601 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3602 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3603 message.
3604
3605 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3606
3607 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3608 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3609
3610 Key bindings:
3611 \\{objc-mode-map}
3612
3613 \(fn)" t nil)
3614
3615 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3616 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3617 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3618
3619 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3620 Major mode for editing Java code.
3621 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3622 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3623 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3624 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3625 message.
3626
3627 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3628
3629 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3630 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3631
3632 Key bindings:
3633 \\{java-mode-map}
3634
3635 \(fn)" t nil)
3636
3637 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3638 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3640
3641 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3642 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3643 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3644 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3645 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3646 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3647 message.
3648
3649 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3650
3651 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3652 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3653
3654 Key bindings:
3655 \\{idl-mode-map}
3656
3657 \(fn)" t nil)
3658
3659 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3660 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3661 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3662 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3663
3664 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3665 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3666 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3667 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3668 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3669 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3670 message.
3671
3672 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3673
3674 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3675 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3676
3677 Key bindings:
3678 \\{pike-mode-map}
3679
3680 \(fn)" t nil)
3681 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3686 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3687
3688 ;;;***
3689 \f
3690 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3691 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17843 45627))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3693
3694 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3695 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3696 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3697 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3698
3699 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3700
3701 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3702 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3703 might get set too.
3704
3705 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3706 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3707 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3708 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3709 way.
3710
3711 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3712 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3713 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3714 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3715 a null operation.
3716
3717 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3718
3719 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3720 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3721 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3722 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3723
3724 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3725
3726 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3727 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3728 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3729
3730 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3731
3732 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3733 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3734 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3735 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3736 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3737
3738 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3739
3740 ;;;***
3741 \f
3742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17843
3743 ;;;;;; 45627))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3745 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3746
3747 ;;;***
3748 \f
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17843 45627))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3751 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3753 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3754
3755 ;;;***
3756 \f
3757 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3758 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3759 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3761
3762 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3763 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3764
3765 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3766
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3768 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3769
3770 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3771
3772 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3773 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3774
3775 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3776 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3777 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3778 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3779 execution.
3780
3781 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3782
3783 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3784
3785 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3786 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3787
3788 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3789 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3790 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3791 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3792
3793 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3794 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3795 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3796 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3797 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3798 `write' commands.
3799
3800 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3801 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3802 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3803 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3804
3805 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3806 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3807 semantics.
3808
3809 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3810
3811 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3812
3813 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3814
3815 STATEMENT :=
3816 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3817 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3818
3819 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3820 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3821 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3822 | integer
3823
3824 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3825
3826 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3827 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3828 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3829
3830 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3831 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3832 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3833
3834 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3835 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3836
3837 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3838 BREAK := (break)
3839
3840 REPEAT :=
3841 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3842 (repeat)
3843 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3844 ;; (repeat))
3845 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3846 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3847 ;; (read REG)
3848 ;; (repeat))
3849 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3850 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3851 ;; (read REG)
3852 ;; (repeat))
3853 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3854
3855 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3856 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3857 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3858 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3859 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3860 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3861 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3862 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3863 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3864 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3865 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3866 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3867 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3868 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3869 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3870 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3871
3872 WRITE :=
3873 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3874 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3875 ;; representation.
3876 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3877 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3878 ;; (write r7))
3879 | (write EXPRESSION)
3880 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3881 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3882 ;; representation.
3883 | (write integer)
3884 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3885 ;; buffer.
3886 | (write string)
3887 ;; Same as: (write string)
3888 | string
3889 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3890 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3891 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3892 ;; representation.
3893 | (write REG ARRAY)
3894 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3895 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3896 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3897 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3898 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3899 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3900
3901 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3902 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3903
3904 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3905 END := (end)
3906
3907 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3908 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3909 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3910
3911 ARG := REG | integer
3912
3913 OPERATOR :=
3914 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3915 + | - | * | / | %
3916
3917 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3918 | & | `|' | ^
3919
3920 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3921 | << | >>
3922
3923 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3924 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3925 | <8
3926
3927 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3928 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3929 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3930 | >8
3931
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3935 | //
3936
3937 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3938 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3939
3940 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3941 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3942 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3943 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3944 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3945 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3946 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3947 | de-sjis
3948
3949 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3950 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3951 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3952 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3953 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3954 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3955 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3956 ;; byte of SJIS.
3957 | en-sjis
3958
3959 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3960 ;; Same meaning as C code
3961 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3962
3963 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3964 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3965 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3966 | <8=
3967
3968 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3969 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3970 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3971
3972 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3973 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3974 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3975 | //=
3976
3977 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3978
3979
3980 TRANSLATE :=
3981 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3983 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3984 LOOKUP :=
3985 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3986 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3987 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3988 MAP :=
3989 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3990 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3991 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3992 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3993 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3994 MAP-ID := integer
3995
3996 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3997
3998 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3999 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4000 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4001 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4002 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4003 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4004
4005 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4006
4007 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4008 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4009 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4010
4011 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4012
4013 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4018 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4020
4021 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4022 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4023 There are no special keybindings by default.
4024
4025 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4026 to the action header.
4027
4028 \(fn)" t nil)
4029
4030 ;;;***
4031 \f
4032 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4040 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4042
4043 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4044 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4045 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4046 the users will view as each check is completed.
4047
4048 \(fn)" t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4051 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4052 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4053 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4054 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4055 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4056 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4057 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4058
4059 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4060
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4063 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4064 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4065 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4066 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4067 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4068 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4069
4070 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4071
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4074 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4075 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4076 spacing are all verified.
4077
4078 \(fn)" t nil)
4079
4080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4081 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4082 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4083 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4084 otherwise stop after the first error.
4085
4086 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4087
4088 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4089 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4090 Only documentation strings are checked.
4091 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4092 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4093 a separate buffer.
4094
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4100 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4101 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4102
4103 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4104
4105 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4106 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4107 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4108 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4109 if there is one.
4110
4111 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4112
4113 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4114 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4115 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4116 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4117 if there is one.
4118 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4119
4120 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4121
4122 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4123 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4124 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4125
4126 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4127
4128 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4129 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4130 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4131 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4132 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4133
4134 \(fn)" t nil)
4135
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4138 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4139 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4140 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4141 space at the end of each line.
4142
4143 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4144
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4147 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4149
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4151
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4156
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4158
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4163
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4165
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4168 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4169 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4170
4171 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4172
4173 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4174 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4175 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4176 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4177
4178 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4179
4180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4181 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4182 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4183 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4184
4185 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4186
4187 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4188 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4189 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4190 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4191
4192 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4193
4194 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4195 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4196 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4197 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4198
4199 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4200
4201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4202 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4203 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4204 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4205
4206 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4207
4208 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4209 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4210 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4211
4212 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4213 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4214 checking of documentation strings.
4215
4216 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4217
4218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4219
4220 ;;;***
4221 \f
4222 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4223 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17843
4224 ;;;;;; 45620))
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4226
4227 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4228 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4229 Return the length of resulting text.
4230
4231 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4232
4233 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4234 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4235
4236 \(fn)" t nil)
4237
4238 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4239 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4240 Return the length of resulting text.
4241
4242 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4243
4244 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4245 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4246
4247 \(fn)" t nil)
4248
4249 ;;;***
4250 \f
4251 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4252 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17843 45609))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4254
4255 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4256 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4257 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4258 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4259 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4260 editing and the result is evaluated.
4261
4262 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4263
4264 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4265 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4266 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4267 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4268 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4269
4270 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4271
4272 \(fn)" t nil)
4273
4274 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4275 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4276 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4277 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4278 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4279
4280 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4281 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4282 \\{command-history-map}
4283
4284 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4285 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4286
4287 \(fn)" t nil)
4288
4289 ;;;***
4290 \f
4291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17843 45615))
4292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4293
4294 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4295 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4296 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4297 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4298 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4299 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4300
4301 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4302 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4303
4304 ;;;***
4305 \f
4306 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4307 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4309
4310 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4311 Not documented
4312
4313 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4314
4315 ;;;***
4316 \f
4317 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4318 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4320
4321 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4322 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4323 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4324 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4325
4326 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4327 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4328 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4329 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4330
4331 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4332 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4333
4334 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4335
4336 ;;;***
4337 \f
4338 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17843
4339 ;;;;;; 45609))
4340 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4341
4342 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4343 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4344 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4345 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4346 of `scheme-program-name').
4347 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4348 it is given as initial input.
4349 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4350 discards input when it starts up.
4351 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4352 is run).
4353 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4354
4355 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4356 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4357
4358 ;;;***
4359 \f
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4361 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
4362 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4363
4364 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4365 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4366 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4367 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4368 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4369 ?* is used.
4370 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4371
4372 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4417
4418 ;;;***
4419 \f
4420 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4421 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4422 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17843 45618))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4424
4425 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4426 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4427 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4428 ASCII table.
4429
4430 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4431 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4432 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4433 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4434
4435 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4436
4437 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4438 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4439 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4440
4441 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4442
4443 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4444 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4445 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4446
4447 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4448
4449 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4450 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4451 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4452
4453 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4454
4455 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4456 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4457
4458 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4459 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4460 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4461
4462 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4463 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4464
4465 \(fn)" nil nil)
4466
4467 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4468 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4469
4470 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4471 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4472 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4473
4474 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4475
4476 ;;;***
4477 \f
4478 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4479 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4480 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4481 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4482 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4483
4484 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4485 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4486 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4487 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4488 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4489 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4490 functions have already modified the buffer.
4491
4492 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4493
4494 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4495 either globally or locally.")
4496
4497 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4498
4499 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4500 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4501 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4502 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4503 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4504 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4505 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4506 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4507
4508 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4509
4510 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4511
4512 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4513 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4514 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4515 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4516 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4517 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4518 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4519 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4520
4521 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4522
4523 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4524
4525 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4526 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4527 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4528 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4529 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4530 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4531
4532 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4533
4534 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4535 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4536 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4537 directory tracking functions.")
4538
4539 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4540 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4541 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4542
4543 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4544
4545 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4546
4547 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4548 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4549 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4550
4551 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4552
4553 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4554
4555 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4556 Send COMMAND to current process.
4557 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4558 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4559
4560 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4561
4562 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4563 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4564 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4565 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4566
4567 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4568
4569 ;;;***
4570 \f
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17843
4572 ;;;;;; 45609))
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4574
4575 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4576 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4577 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4578 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4579
4580 This command pushes the mark in each window
4581 at the prior location of point in that window.
4582 If both windows display the same buffer,
4583 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4584 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4585
4586 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4587 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4588 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4589 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4590 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4591 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4592 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4593 ignored.
4594
4595 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4596 this command work in interlaced mode:
4597 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4598 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4599 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4600
4601 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4602
4603 ;;;***
4604 \f
4605 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4606 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4607 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4608 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4609 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17843 45627))
4610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4611
4612 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4613 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4614
4615 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4616
4617 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4618 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4619
4620 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4621
4622 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4623 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4624 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4625 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4626 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4627 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4628 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4629
4630 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4631 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4632 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4633 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4634 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4635
4636 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4637 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4638 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4639 describing how the process finished.")
4640
4641 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4642 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4643 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4644 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4645
4646 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4647 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4648 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4649
4650 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4651
4652 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4653 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4654 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4655 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4656
4657 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4658
4659 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4660 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4661
4662 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4663 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4664
4665 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4666 (lambda ()
4667 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4668 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4669 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4670 (concat \"make -k \"
4671 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4672
4673 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4674 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4675
4676 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4677 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4678 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4679 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4680
4681 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4682
4683 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4684 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4685 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4686 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4687
4688 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4689 and move to the source code that caused it.
4690
4691 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4692 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4693
4694 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4695 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4696 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4697 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4698
4699 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4700 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4701 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4702 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4703 subprocesses.
4704
4705 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4706 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4707 to a function that generates a unique name.
4708
4709 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4710
4711 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4712 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4713 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4714 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4715
4716 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4717 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4718 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4719 to determine the buffer name.
4720
4721 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4722 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4723 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4724
4725 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4726
4727 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4728
4729 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4730 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4731 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4732 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4733 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4734
4735 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4736
4737 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4738
4739 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4740
4741 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4742 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4743 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4744 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4745 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4746 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4747 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4748
4749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750
4751 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4752 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4753 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4754 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4755 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4756 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4757
4758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4759
4760 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4761 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4762 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4763
4764 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4765
4766 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4767
4768 ;;;***
4769 \f
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4771 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4773
4774 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4775 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4776 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4779 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4780
4781 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4782
4783 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4784 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4785 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4786
4787 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4788 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4789 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4790 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4791
4792 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4793 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4794 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4795 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4796
4797 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4798 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4799 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4800 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4801
4802 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4803 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4804 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4805 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4806 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4807
4808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4809
4810 ;;;***
4811 \f
4812 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4813 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4815
4816 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4817 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4818 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4821 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4822
4823 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4824
4825 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4826 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4827
4828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4829
4830 ;;;***
4831 \f
4832 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4833 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4834 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4835 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17843 45609))
4836 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4837
4838 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4839 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4840 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4841 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4842 `make-composition'.
4843
4844 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4845
4846 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4847 | | 1:tc or top-center
4848 | | 2:tr or top-right
4849 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4850 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4851 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4852 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4853 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4854 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4855
4856 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4857 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4858 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4859 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4860 be added.
4861
4862 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4863 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4864 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4865
4866 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4867 | | |
4868 | global| |
4869 | glyph | |
4870 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4871 +----+--*--+
4872 | | new |
4873 | |glyph|
4874 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4875 ")
4876
4877 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4878 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4879 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4880 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4881
4882 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4883
4884 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4885 Compose characters in the current region.
4886
4887 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4888 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4889
4890 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4891
4892 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4893 specifying the region.
4894
4895 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4896 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4897 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4898
4899 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4900 of the text in the region.
4901
4902 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4903
4904 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4905 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4906 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4907 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4908
4909 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4910 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4911 detail.
4912
4913 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4914 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4915 text in the composition.
4916
4917 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4918
4919 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4920 Decompose text in the current region.
4921
4922 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4923 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4924
4925 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4926
4927 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4928 Compose characters in string STRING.
4929
4930 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4931 the characters in it.
4932
4933 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4934 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4935 STRING respectively.
4936
4937 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4938 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4939 `compose-region' for more detail.
4940
4941 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4942 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4943 text in the composition.
4944
4945 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4946
4947 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4948 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4949
4950 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4951
4952 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4953 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4954 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4955 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4956 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4957 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4958 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4959 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4960
4961 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4962
4963 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4964 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4965
4966 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4967 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4968
4969 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4970 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4971
4972 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4973 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4974
4975 If no composition is found, return nil.
4976
4977 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4978 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4979
4980 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4981 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4982 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4983
4984 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4985
4986 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4987
4988 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4989 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4990 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4991
4992 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4993
4994 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4995
4996 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4997
4998 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4999 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5000
5001 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5002 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5003 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5004 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5005 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5006 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5007 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5008 nil.
5009
5010 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5011 is:
5012 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5013 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5014
5015 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5016
5017 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5018 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5019
5020 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5021
5022 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5023
5024 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5025 Compose last characters.
5026 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5027 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5028 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5029 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5030 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5031 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5032 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5033 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5034 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5035 after a sequence of character events.
5036
5037 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5038 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5039
5040 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5041 Convert CHAR to string.
5042
5043 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5044 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5045 vector of CHAR respectively.
5046 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5047
5048 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5049
5050 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5051
5052 ;;;***
5053 \f
5054 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5055 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5056 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5057 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5059
5060 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5061 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5062 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5063 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5064 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5065 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5066 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5067
5068 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5069 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5070 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5071
5072 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5073 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5074 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5075
5076 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5077 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5078 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5079 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5080
5081 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5082 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5083 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5084 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5085 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5086 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5087 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5088
5089 \\{conf-mode-map}
5090
5091 \(fn)" t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5094 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5095 Comments start with `#'.
5096 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5097
5098 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5099
5100 \[Desktop Entry]
5101 Encoding=UTF-8
5102 Name=The GIMP
5103 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5104 Name[cs]=GIMP
5105
5106 \(fn)" t nil)
5107
5108 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5109 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5110 Comments start with `;'.
5111 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5112
5113 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5114
5115 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5116 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5117 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5118
5119 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5120 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5121
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5123
5124 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5125 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5126 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5127 between `/*' and `*/'.
5128 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5129
5130 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5131 // another kind of comment
5132 /* yet another */
5133
5134 name:value
5135 name=value
5136 name value
5137 x.1 =
5138 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5139 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5140
5141 \(fn)" t nil)
5142
5143 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5144 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5145 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5146 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5147 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5148 `conf-space-keywords'.
5149 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5150 in an interactive fashion instead.
5151
5152 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5153
5154 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5155
5156 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5157 image/png png
5158 image/tiff tiff tif
5159
5160 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5161 class desktop
5162 # Standard multimedia devices
5163 add /dev/audio desktop
5164 add /dev/mixer desktop
5165
5166 \(fn)" t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5169 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5170 See `conf-space-mode'.
5171
5172 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5176 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5177 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5178
5179 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5180
5181 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5182 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5183
5184 \(fn)" t nil)
5185
5186 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5187 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5188 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5189 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5190
5191 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5192
5193 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5194 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5195
5196 \(fn)" t nil)
5197
5198 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5199 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5200 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5201 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5202
5203 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5204
5205 *background: gray99
5206 *foreground: black
5207
5208 \(fn)" t nil)
5209
5210 ;;;***
5211 \f
5212 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5213 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17843 45625))
5214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5215
5216 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5217 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5218 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5219 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5220
5221 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5222
5223 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5224 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5225 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5226 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5227
5228 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5229
5230 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5231 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5232 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5233 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5234
5235 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5236
5237 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5238 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5239
5240 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5241
5242 ;;;***
5243 \f
5244 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5245 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17843 45615))
5246 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5247
5248 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5249 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5250 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5251 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5252 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5253 following the copyright are updated as well.
5254 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5255 interactively.
5256
5257 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5258
5259 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5260 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5261 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5262
5263 \(fn)" t nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5266 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5267
5268 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5269
5270 ;;;***
5271 \f
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5273 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17843 45627))
5274 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5275
5276 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5277 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5278 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5279 Tab indents for Perl code.
5280 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5281 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5282
5283 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5284 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5285 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5286 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5287 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5288 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5289 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5290 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5291 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5292 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5293 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5294 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5295
5296 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5297
5298 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5299 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5300
5301 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5302
5303 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5304 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5305 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5306 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5307 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5308 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5309 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5310 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5311 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5312
5313 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5314
5315 bite if angry;
5316
5317 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5318 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5319 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5320 to nil.)
5321
5322 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5323 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5324 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5325
5326 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5327
5328 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5329 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5330 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5331 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5332 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5333
5334 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5335
5336 if (A) { B }
5337
5338 into
5339
5340 B if A;
5341
5342 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5343
5344 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5345 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5346 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5347 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5348 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5349 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5350 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5351 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5352 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5353 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5354 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5355 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5356 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5357
5358 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5359 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5360 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5361 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5362 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5363 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5364
5365 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5366 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5367 man via menu.
5368
5369 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5370 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5371 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5372 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5373 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5374
5375 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5376 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5377 span the needed amount of lines.
5378
5379 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5380 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5381 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5382 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5383
5384 Variables controlling indentation style:
5385 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5386 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5387 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5388 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5389 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5390 `cperl-auto-newline'
5391 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5392 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5393 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5394 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5395 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5396 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5397 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5398 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5399 `cperl-indent-level'
5400 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5401 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5402 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5403 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5404 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5405 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5406 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5407 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5408 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5409 `cperl-brace-offset'
5410 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5411 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5412 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5413 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5414 `cperl-label-offset'
5415 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5416 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5417 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5418
5419 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5420 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5421 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5422 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5423 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5424 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5425
5426 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5427 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5428 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5429 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5430
5431 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5432 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5433 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5434 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5435 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5436 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5437
5438 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5439 column 0 is indented on
5440 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5441
5442 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5443 with no args.
5444
5445 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5446 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5447 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5448
5449 \(fn)" t nil)
5450
5451 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5452 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5453
5454 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5455
5456 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5457 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5458
5459 \(fn)" t nil)
5460
5461 ;;;***
5462 \f
5463 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5464 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5466
5467 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5468 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5469 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5470 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5471 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5472
5473 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5474
5475 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5476 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5477
5478 \(fn)" t nil)
5479
5480 ;;;***
5481 \f
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5483 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5485
5486 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5487 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5488 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5489 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5490
5491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5492 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5493
5494 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5495
5496 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5497 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5498 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5499
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5501
5502 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5503
5504 ;;;***
5505 \f
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5507 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5509
5510 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5511 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5512 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5513 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5514
5515 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5516 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5517 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5518 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5519
5520 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5521 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5522 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5523
5524 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5525 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5526 'bob', and 'eve'.
5527
5528 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5529 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5530 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5531
5532 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5533
5534 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5535 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5536 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5537
5538 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5539
5540 ;;;***
5541 \f
5542 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5543 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
5544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5545
5546 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5547 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5548 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5551 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5552
5553 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5554
5555 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5556 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5557 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5558 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5559 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5560
5561 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5562 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5563 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5564 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5565 function of these prefix keys.
5566
5567 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5568 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5569 options:
5570 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5571 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5572 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5573
5574 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5575 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5576 the prefix fallback behavior.
5577
5578 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5579 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5580 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5581 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5582
5583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5584
5585 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5586 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5587
5588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5589 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5590 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5591 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5592 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5593 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5594 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5595 (if user-init-file (concat
5596 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5597 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5598
5599 ;;;***
5600 \f
5601 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5602 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5603 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5604 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5605 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5607 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5608 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5609 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5610 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5611 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5612 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5613
5614 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5615 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5616
5617 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5618
5619 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5620 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5621
5622 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5623
5624 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5625 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5626
5627 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5628 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5629
5630 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5631 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5632
5633 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5634 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5635
5636 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5637 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5638
5639 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5640
5641 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5642
5643 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5644 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5645 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5646
5647 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5648 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5649
5650 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5651 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5652
5653 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5654 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5655
5656 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5657 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5658
5659 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5660
5661 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5662
5663 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5664 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5665 Return VALUE.
5666
5667 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5668 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5669
5670 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5671 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5672
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5675
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5678
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5680
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5682
5683 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5685 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5686 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5687 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5688
5689 \(fn)" t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5693 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5694 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5695
5696 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5697
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5700
5701 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5705
5706 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5707
5708 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5712
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5714
5715 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5716
5717 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5719 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5720
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5722
5723 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5724 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5725 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5726 as part of Emacs itself.
5727
5728 Each elements looks like this:
5729
5730 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5731
5732 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5733 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5734 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5735 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5736 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5737 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5738 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5739 and `defface'.
5740
5741 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5742
5743 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5744 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5748
5749 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5750 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5751 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5752 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5753
5754 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5755
5756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5757 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5760 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5761
5762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5763 that were added or redefined since that version.
5764
5765 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5766
5767 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5769 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5770 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5771
5772 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5773 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5774
5775 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5776
5777 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5779 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5780
5781 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5782 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5783
5784 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5788
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5790
5791 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5793
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all already saved user options.
5798
5799 \(fn)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5803 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5804 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5805 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5806 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5807 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5808 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5809
5810 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5814 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5815 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5816
5817 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5818
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5821
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5826
5827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5830 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5831 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5832 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5833 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5834 that option.
5835
5836 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5840 The result includes selecting that window.
5841 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5842 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5843 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5844 that option.
5845
5846 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5849 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5850
5851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5852
5853 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5854 File used for storing customization information.
5855 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5856 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5857 it should be an absolute file name.
5858
5859 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5860 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5861 something like the following in your init file:
5862
5863 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5864 \(load custom-file)
5865
5866 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5867 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5868
5869 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5870 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5871 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5872 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5873 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5874
5875 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5876 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5877 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5878 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5879 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5880 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5881 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5882 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5883 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5884 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5885
5886 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5890
5891 \(fn)" nil nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5895
5896 \(fn)" t nil)
5897
5898 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5900 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5901
5902 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5903
5904 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5905 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5906 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5907 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5908 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5909
5910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5911
5912 ;;;***
5913 \f
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5915 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17843 45609))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5917
5918 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5919 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5920
5921 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5922
5923 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5924 Alist of face attributes.
5925
5926 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5927 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5928 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5929 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5930 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5931 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5932
5933 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5934 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5935 customization type TYPE).
5936
5937 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5938 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5939 given face attribute.")
5940
5941 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5942 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5943 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5944 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5945
5946 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5947
5948 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5949 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5950 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5951 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5952 between themes and faces.
5953 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5954
5955 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5956 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5957
5958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5959
5960 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5961 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5962 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5963
5964 (FACE IGNORED)
5965
5966 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5967
5968 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5969
5970 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5971 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5972 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5973
5974 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5975
5976 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5977
5978 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5979
5980 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5981
5982 ;;;***
5983 \f
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5985 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5987
5988 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5989 Create a custom theme.
5990
5991 \(fn)" t nil)
5992
5993 ;;;***
5994 \f
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5996 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5998
5999 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6000 Mode used for cvs status output.
6001
6002 \(fn)" t nil)
6003
6004 ;;;***
6005 \f
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6007 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17843 45627))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6009
6010 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6011 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6012
6013 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6014 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6015 C++ modes are included.
6016
6017 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6018
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6022 Turn on CWarn mode.
6023
6024 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6025 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6026
6027 \(fn)" nil nil)
6028
6029 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6030 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6031 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6034 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6035
6036 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6037
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6042 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045
6046 ;;;***
6047 \f
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6052
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6055
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6057
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6060
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6062
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6067
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6073
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6075
6076 ;;;***
6077 \f
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (17843 45609))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6088
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6091 completions.
6092
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6095
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6100
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6106
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6109
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6113
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6116
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6118
6119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17843
6124 ;;;;;; 45627))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6126
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6129
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6133
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6137
6138 Key bindings:
6139
6140 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6142
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6147
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6149
6150 dcl-basic-offset
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6152
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6155
6156 dcl-margin-offset
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6158
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6161
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6164
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6172
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6178
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6183
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6187 margin.
6188
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6191 typed.
6192
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6196
6197 dcl-tempo-comma
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6201
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6206
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6212
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6217
6218
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6220
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6224 $ i = 1
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6227 $ label:
6228 $ if i.eq.1
6229 $ then
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6236 $ type sys$input
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6239 $ endif
6240 $
6241
6242
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6245
6246 \(fn)" t nil)
6247
6248 ;;;***
6249 \f
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17843 45615))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6253
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6255
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6259 of the evaluator.
6260
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6264
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6266
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6269
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6271
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6278
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6281
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6289
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6297
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6300
6301 \(fn)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6307
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6309 modify it.
6310
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6318
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17843
6325 ;;;;;; 45609))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6327
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6330
6331 \(fn)" t nil)
6332
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6335
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6337
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6342
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6344
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6346
6347 ;;;***
6348 \f
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17843
6350 ;;;;;; 45627))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6352
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6359
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6361
6362 Customization:
6363
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6376 blank line.
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6381
6382 Coloring:
6383
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6392
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6395
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6397
6398 ;;;***
6399 \f
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17843
6401 ;;;;;; 45609))
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6403
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6405
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6411 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6412
6413 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6414
6415 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6416 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6417 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6418 positive.
6419
6420 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6421 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6422 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6423 any selection.
6424
6425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6426
6427 ;;;***
6428 \f
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6430 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17843 45615))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6432
6433 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6434 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6435
6436 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6437
6438 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6439 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6440 or nil if there is no parent.
6441 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6442 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6443 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6444 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6445 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6446
6447 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6448 arguments are currently understood:
6449 :group GROUP
6450 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6451 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6452 :syntax-table TABLE
6453 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6454 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6455 :abbrev-table TABLE
6456 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6457 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6458
6459 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6460
6461 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6462
6463 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6464 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6465 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6466
6467 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6468 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6469
6470 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6471 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6472 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6473
6474 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6475 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6476
6477 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6478 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6479
6480 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6481
6482 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6483
6484 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6485 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6486 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6487 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6488 the first time the mode is used.
6489
6490 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6491
6492 ;;;***
6493 \f
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6495 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17843 45609))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6497
6498 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6499 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6500 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6501 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6502 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6503 otherwise.
6504
6505 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6508 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6509 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6510 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6511 character composition information (if relevant),
6512 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6513
6514 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6515
6516 ;;;***
6517 \f
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6521 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17843 45609))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6523
6524 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6525 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6526 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6527
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6529
6530 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6531 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6532 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6533 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6534 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6535 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6536
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6538
6539 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6540 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6541 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6542 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6543
6544 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6545
6546 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6547 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6548 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6549
6550 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6551 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6552 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6553
6554 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6555 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6556
6557 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6558 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6559 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6560
6561 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6562 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6563 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6564 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6565
6566 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6567
6568 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6569 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6570
6571 Handlers are called with argument list
6572
6573 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6574
6575 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6576
6577 desktop-file-version
6578 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6579 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6580 desktop-buffer-point
6581 desktop-buffer-mark
6582 desktop-buffer-read-only
6583 desktop-buffer-locals
6584
6585 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6586 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6587
6588 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6589 code like
6590
6591 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6592 ...
6593 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6594 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6595
6596 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6597
6598 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6599
6600 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6601 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6602 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6603 List elements must have the form
6604
6605 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6606
6607 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6608 function.
6609
6610 Handlers are called with argument list
6611
6612 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6613
6614 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6615
6616 desktop-file-version
6617 desktop-buffer-file-name
6618 desktop-buffer-name
6619 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6620 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6621 desktop-buffer-point
6622 desktop-buffer-mark
6623 desktop-buffer-read-only
6624 desktop-buffer-misc
6625
6626 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6627 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6628 created and set.
6629
6630 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6631 code like
6632
6633 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6634 ...
6635 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6636 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6637
6638 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6639
6640 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6641
6642 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6643
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6645 Empty the Desktop.
6646 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6647 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6648 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6649
6650 \(fn)" t nil)
6651
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6653 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6654 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6655 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6656
6657 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6658
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6660 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6661 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6662
6663 \(fn)" t nil)
6664
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6666 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6667 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6668 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6669 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6670 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6671 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6672 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6673
6674 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6677 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6678 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6679
6680 \(fn)" nil nil)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6683 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6684 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6685 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6686 directory DIRNAME.
6687
6688 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6691 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6692
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6694
6695 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6696 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6697
6698 \(fn)" t nil)
6699
6700 ;;;***
6701 \f
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6703 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6704 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17843 45616))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6706
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6708 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6709 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6710 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6711 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6712 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6713
6714 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6717 Repair a broken attribution line.
6718 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6724 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6725 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6726
6727 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6728
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6730 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6731
6732 \(fn)" t nil)
6733
6734 ;;;***
6735 \f
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6737 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17843 45620))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6739
6740 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6741
6742 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6743 Not documented
6744
6745 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6748 Not documented
6749
6750 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6755 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17843 45615))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6757
6758 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6759 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6760 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6761 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6762 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6763
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6765
6766 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6767 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6768 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6769 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6770
6771 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6772 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6773 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6774 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6775
6776 #!/bin/sh
6777 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6778 emacs -batch \\
6779 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6780 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6781 european-calendar-style t \\
6782 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6783 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6784 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6785
6786 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6787 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6788 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6789 to run it every morning at 1am.
6790
6791 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6795
6796 \(fn)" t nil)
6797
6798 ;;;***
6799 \f
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17843 45609))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6803
6804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6806
6807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6808
6809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6810 *The command to use to run diff.")
6811
6812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6818 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6819 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6820
6821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6828 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6829
6830 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6835 ;;;;;; (17838 18032))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6837
6838 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6839 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6840 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6841 normal diffs.
6842 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6843 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6844 headers for you on-the-fly.
6845
6846 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6847 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6848 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6849 \\{diff-mode-map}
6850
6851 \(fn)" t nil)
6852
6853 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6854 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6855 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6856
6857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6858
6859 ;;;***
6860 \f
6861 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6862 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6863 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6864 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6865 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17843 45609))
6866 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6867
6868 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6869 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6870 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6871 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6872 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6873 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6874 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6875 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6876
6877 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6878
6879 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6880 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6881
6882 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6883 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6884 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6885 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6886 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6887
6888 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6889 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6890
6891 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6892 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6893 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6894 always set this variable to t.")
6895
6896 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6897
6898 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6899 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6900 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6901 A value of t means move to first file.")
6902
6903 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6904
6905 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6906 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6907 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6908 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6909 are afterward marked with that character.")
6910
6911 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6912
6913 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6914 *Controls marking of copied files.
6915 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6916 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6917
6918 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6919
6920 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6921 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6922 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6923 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6924
6925 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6926
6927 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6928 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6929 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6930 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6931
6932 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6933
6934 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6935 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6936 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6937 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6938
6939 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6940
6941 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6942
6943 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6944 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6945 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6946
6947 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6948
6949 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6950 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6951 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6952 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6953 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6954 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6955
6956 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6957 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6958 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6959 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6960 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6961 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6962 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6963 list of files to make directory entries for.
6964 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6965 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6966 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6967 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6968
6969 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6970
6971 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6972 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6973
6974 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6975 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6976
6977 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6978 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6979
6980 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6981 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6982
6983 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6984
6985 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6986 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6987
6988 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6989
6990 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6991 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6992 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6993 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6994 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6995 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6996 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6997 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6998 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6999 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7000 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7001 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7002 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7003 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7004 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7005 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7006 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7007 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7008 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7009 to see why something went wrong.
7010 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7011 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7012 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7013 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7014 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7015 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7016 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7017 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7018 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7019 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7020 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7021 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7022 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7023
7024 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7025 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7026 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7027 again for the directory tree.
7028
7029 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7030 for more info):
7031
7032 `dired-listing-switches'
7033 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7034 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7035 `dired-marker-char'
7036 `dired-del-marker'
7037 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7041
7042 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7043
7044 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7045 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7046 `dired-mode-hook'
7047 `dired-load-hook'
7048
7049 Keybindings:
7050 \\{dired-mode-map}
7051
7052 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7053 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7054
7055 ;;;***
7056 \f
7057 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7058 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7059 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7060 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7061 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7062 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7063 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7064 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7065 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7066 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7067 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7069 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7070 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17843 45609))
7071 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7072
7073 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7075 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7076 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7077 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7078 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7079 which is options for `diff'.
7080
7081 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7082
7083 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7084 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7085 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7086 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7087 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7088 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7089
7090 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7091
7092 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7093 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7094 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7095 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7096 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7097 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7098 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7099
7100 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7101
7102 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7103 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7104 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7105 returned by function `file-attributes'
7106
7107 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7108 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7109
7110 Examples of PREDICATE:
7111
7112 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7113 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7114 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7115 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7116 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7117
7118 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7119
7120 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7122 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7123
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7125
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7128
7129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7130
7131 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7132 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7133
7134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7135
7136 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7137 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7138 This calls touch.
7139
7140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7143 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7144 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7145 `lpr-switches' as default.
7146
7147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7148
7149 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7150 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7151 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7152 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7153 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7154
7155 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7156 with a prefix argument.
7157
7158 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7161 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7162 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7163 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7164 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7165
7166 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7167 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7168
7169 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7170 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7171 file name substituted for `?'.
7172
7173 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7174 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7175
7176 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7177 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7178 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7179 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7180
7181 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7182
7183 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7184 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7185 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7186
7187 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7188 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7189 in a subdir.
7190
7191 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7192 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7193 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7194
7195 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7198 Not documented
7199
7200 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7201
7202 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7203 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7204 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7205 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7206 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7207 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7208 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7209 from the buffer as well.
7210 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7211 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7212 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7213
7214 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7217 Not documented
7218
7219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7220
7221 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7222 Not documented
7223
7224 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7228
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7233
7234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7238
7239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7242 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7243 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7244 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7245
7246 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7247 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7248 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7249 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7250 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7251 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7252 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7253
7254 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7255
7256 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7257 Not documented
7258
7259 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7260
7261 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Not documented
7263
7264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7265
7266 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7268
7269 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7270
7271 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Not documented
7273
7274 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7275
7276 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7277 Not documented
7278
7279 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7280
7281 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7283
7284 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7287 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7288 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7289 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7290 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7291 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7292 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7293 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7294 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7295
7296 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7297 like `cp -d'.
7298
7299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300
7301 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7302 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7303 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7304 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7305 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7306 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7307 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7308 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7309
7310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7313 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7316 and new hard links are made in that directory
7317 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7318 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7319 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7320
7321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7324 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7325 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7326 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7327 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7328 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7329 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7330
7331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7335
7336 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7337 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7338 file if none are marked.
7339
7340 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7341 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7342 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7343 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7344
7345 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7346 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7347
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7353
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7358 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7359
7360 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7364 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7365
7366 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7370
7371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7374 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7375
7376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7384 this subdirectory.
7385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7386
7387 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7388 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7389 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7390 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7391 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7392 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7393 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7394
7395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7398 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7399 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7400 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7401 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7402 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7403 this subdirectory.
7404 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7405
7406 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7409 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7410 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7411
7412 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7415 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7416 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7417 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7418
7419 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7422 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7423 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7424 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7429 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7430 Lower levels are unaffected.
7431
7432 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7435 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7436
7437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Go down in the dired tree.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7445 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7446 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7447 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7448
7449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7450
7451 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7452 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7453 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7454 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7455
7456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7459 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7460 Stops when a match is found.
7461 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7462
7463 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7466 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7467 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7468 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7469 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7470
7471 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7474 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7475 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7476 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7477
7478 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7479
7480 ;;;***
7481 \f
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17843 45609))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7484
7485 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7486 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7487 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7488 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7489 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7490 buffer and try again.
7491
7492 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7493
7494 ;;;***
7495 \f
7496 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17843 45609))
7497 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7498
7499 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7500 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7501 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7502
7503 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7504
7505 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7506 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7507
7508 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7509 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7510
7511 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7512
7513 ;;;***
7514 \f
7515 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17843
7516 ;;;;;; 45615))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7518
7519 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7520 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7521 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7522 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7523 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7524 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7525
7526 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7527
7528 ;;;***
7529 \f
7530 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7531 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7532 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7533 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7534 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17843 45609))
7535 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7536
7537 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7538 Return a new, empty display table.
7539
7540 \(fn)" nil nil)
7541
7542 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7543 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7544 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7545 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7546 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7547
7548 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7549
7550 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7551 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7552 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7553 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7554 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7555
7556 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7557
7558 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7559 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7560
7561 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7562
7563 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7564 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7565
7566 \(fn)" t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7569 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7570
7571 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7572
7573 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7574 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7575
7576 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7577
7578 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7579 Display character C using printable string S.
7580
7581 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7582
7583 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7584 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7585 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7586 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7587
7588 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7589
7590 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7591 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7592 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7593 X frame.
7594
7595 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7596
7597 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7598 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7599
7600 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7601
7602 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7603 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7604
7605 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7606
7607 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7608 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7609
7610 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7611 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7612 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7613 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7614
7615 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7616 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7617 European character display.
7618
7619 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7620 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7621 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7622 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7623
7624 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7625 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7626 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7627 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7628 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7629
7630 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7631
7632 ;;;***
7633 \f
7634 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7635 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
7636 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7637
7638 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7639 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7640 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7641 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7642 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7643 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7644 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7645 Default is 2.
7646
7647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7648
7649 ;;;***
7650 \f
7651 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17843 45609))
7652 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7653
7654 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7655 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7656 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7657 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7658 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7659 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7660 private or ask).
7661 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7662 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7663 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7664 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7665 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7666
7667 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7668
7669 ;;;***
7670 \f
7671 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7672 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17843 45630))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7674
7675 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7676 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7677 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7678 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7679 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7680 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7681 table and its own syntax table.
7682
7683 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7684
7685 \(fn)" t nil)
7686 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7687
7688 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7689 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7690
7691 \(fn)" t nil)
7692 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7693
7694 ;;;***
7695 \f
7696 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17843 45625))
7697 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7698
7699 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7700 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7701
7702 \(fn)" t nil)
7703
7704 ;;;***
7705 \f
7706 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7707 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
7708 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7709
7710 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7711 Toggle Double mode.
7712 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7713 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7714
7715 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7716
7717 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7718 Toggle Double mode.
7719 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7720
7721 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7722 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7723
7724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7725
7726 ;;;***
7727 \f
7728 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17843 45625))
7729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7730
7731 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7732 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7733
7734 \(fn)" t nil)
7735
7736 ;;;***
7737 \f
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7741
7742 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7743 Play sounds in message buffers.
7744
7745 \(fn)" t nil)
7746
7747 ;;;***
7748 \f
7749 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7750 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17843 45615))
7752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7753
7754 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7755
7756 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7757 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7758 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7759 and toggle command MODE.
7760
7761 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7762 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7763 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7764 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7765 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7766 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7767 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7768 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7769 used (see below).
7770
7771 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7772 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7773 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7774 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7775 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7776 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7777 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7778 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7779 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7780 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7781 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7782 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7783 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7784 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7785 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7786 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7787 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7788
7789 For example, you could write
7790 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7791 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7792 ...BODY CODE...)
7793
7794 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7795
7796 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7797
7798 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7799 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7800 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7801 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7802 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7803 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7804 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7805 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7806 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7807 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7808 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7809 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7810
7811 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7812 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7813 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7814 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7815 call another major mode in their body.
7816
7817 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7818
7819 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7820 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7821 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7822 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7823 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7824 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7825 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7826
7827 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7828
7829 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7830 Not documented
7831
7832 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7833
7834 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7835 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7836 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7837
7838 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7839
7840 ;;;***
7841 \f
7842 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7843 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17843
7844 ;;;;;; 45615))
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7846
7847 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7848
7849 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7850 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7851
7852 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7853 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7854 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7855
7856 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7857 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7858
7859 :filter FUNCTION
7860
7861 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7862 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7863
7864 :visible INCLUDE
7865
7866 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7867 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7868
7869 :active ENABLE
7870
7871 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7872 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7873
7874 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7875
7876 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7877
7878 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7879
7880 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7881 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7882
7883 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7884 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7885
7886 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7887
7888 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7889
7890 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7891
7892 :keys KEYS
7893
7894 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7895 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7896 computed automatically.
7897 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7898
7899 :key-sequence KEYS
7900
7901 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7902 menu item.
7903 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7904 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7905 keyboard equivalent.
7906
7907 :active ENABLE
7908
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7911
7912 :visible INCLUDE
7913
7914 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7915 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7916
7917 :suffix FORM
7918
7919 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7920 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7921
7922 :style STYLE
7923
7924 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7925 defined:
7926
7927 toggle: A checkbox.
7928 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7929 radio: A radio button.
7930 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7931 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7932 menu bar itself.
7933 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7934
7935 :selected SELECTED
7936
7937 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7938 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7939
7940 :help HELP
7941
7942 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7943
7944 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7945 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7946 as a solid horizontal line.
7947
7948 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7949
7950 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7951
7952 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7953 Not documented
7954
7955 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7956
7957 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7958 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7959 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7960 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7961
7962 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7963
7964 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7965 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7966 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7967 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7968 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7969 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7970
7971 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7972 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7973 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7974
7975 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7976 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7977 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7978
7979 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7980 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7981
7982 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7983
7984 ;;;***
7985 \f
7986 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7987 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7988 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7989 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7990 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7991 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7992 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7993 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17843 45627))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7995
7996 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7997 Customization for ebnf group.
7998
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8000
8001 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8002 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8003
8004 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8005
8006 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8007 processed.
8008
8009 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8010
8011 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8012
8013 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8014 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8015
8016 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8017 killed after process termination.
8018
8019 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8020
8021 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8022
8023 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8024 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8025
8026 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8027 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8028 it to the printer.
8029
8030 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8031 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8032 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8033 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8034
8035 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8036
8037 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8038 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8039 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8040
8041 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8042
8043 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8044 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8045
8046 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8047
8048 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8049 processed.
8050
8051 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8052
8053 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8056 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8057
8058 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8059 killed after process termination.
8060
8061 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8062
8063 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8064
8065 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8066 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8067 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8068 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8069
8070 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8071
8072 \(fn)" t nil)
8073
8074 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8075 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8076 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8077
8078 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8079
8080 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8081
8082 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8083 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8084
8085 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8086
8087 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8088 processed.
8089
8090 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8091
8092 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8093
8094 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8095 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8096
8097 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8098 killed after EPS generation.
8099
8100 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8101
8102 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8103
8104 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8105 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8106
8107 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8108 The EPS file name has the following form:
8109
8110 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8111
8112 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8113 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8114
8115 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8116 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8117 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8118 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8119
8120 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8121
8122 \(fn)" t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8125 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8126
8127 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8128 The EPS file name has the following form:
8129
8130 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8131
8132 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8133 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8134
8135 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8136 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8137 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8138 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8139
8140 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8141
8142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8143
8144 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8145
8146 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8147 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8148
8149 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8150
8151 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8152 processed.
8153
8154 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8155
8156 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8157
8158 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8159 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8160
8161 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8162 killed after syntax checking.
8163
8164 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8165
8166 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8167
8168 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8169 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8170
8171 \(fn)" t nil)
8172
8173 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8174 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8175
8176 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8179 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8180
8181 \(fn)" nil nil)
8182
8183 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8185
8186 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8187
8188 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8189
8190 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8191 Delete style NAME.
8192
8193 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8194
8195 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8199
8200 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8201
8202 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8203
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Set STYLE as the current style.
8206
8207 It returns the old style symbol.
8208
8209 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8210
8211 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8212
8213 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8214 Reset current style.
8215
8216 It returns the old style symbol.
8217
8218 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8219
8220 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8221
8222 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8223 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8224
8225 It returns the old style symbol.
8226
8227 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8228
8229 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8230
8231 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8232 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8233
8234 It returns the old style symbol.
8235
8236 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8237
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8239
8240 ;;;***
8241 \f
8242 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8243 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8244 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8245 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8248 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8249 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8250 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8251 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8252 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17827
8253 ;;;;;; 37447))
8254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8255
8256 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8257 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8258 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8259 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8260 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8261 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8262
8263 Tree mode key bindings:
8264 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8265
8266 \(fn)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8269 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8270
8271 \(fn)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8274 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8275
8276 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8277
8278 \(fn)" nil nil)
8279
8280 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8281 View declaration of member at point.
8282
8283 \(fn)" t nil)
8284
8285 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8286 Find declaration of member at point.
8287
8288 \(fn)" t nil)
8289
8290 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8291 View definition of member at point.
8292
8293 \(fn)" t nil)
8294
8295 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8296 Find definition of member at point.
8297
8298 \(fn)" t nil)
8299
8300 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8301 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8302
8303 \(fn)" t nil)
8304
8305 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8306 View definition of member at point in other window.
8307
8308 \(fn)" t nil)
8309
8310 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8311 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8312
8313 \(fn)" t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8316 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8317
8318 \(fn)" t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8322
8323 \(fn)" t nil)
8324
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8327
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8329
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8331 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8332 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8333 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8334 completion.
8335
8336 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8337
8338 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8339 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8340 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8341 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8342
8343 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8346 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8347 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8348 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8349
8350 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8353 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8354 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8355
8356 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8357
8358 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8359 Search for call sites of a member.
8360 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8361 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8362 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8363 looks like a function call to the member.
8364
8365 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8366
8367 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8368 Move backward in the position stack.
8369 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8370
8371 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8374 Move forward in the position stack.
8375 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8376
8377 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8380 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8381
8382 \(fn)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8386
8387 \(fn)" t nil)
8388
8389 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8390 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8391 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8392 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8393
8394 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8397 Display statistics for a class tree.
8398
8399 \(fn)" t nil)
8400
8401 ;;;***
8402 \f
8403 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8404 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8405 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8406
8407 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8408 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8409 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8410 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8411
8412 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8413 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8414 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8415
8416 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8417 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8418 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8419
8420 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8421
8422 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8423
8424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8425
8426 ;;;***
8427 \f
8428 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8429 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17843 45610))
8430 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8431
8432 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8433 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8434 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8435
8436 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8437
8438 ;;;***
8439 \f
8440 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8441 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8442 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17843 45615))
8443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8444
8445 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8446 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8447 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8448 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8449 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8450
8451 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8452 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8453 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8454 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8455
8456 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8457
8458 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8459 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8460 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8461 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8462
8463 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8464
8465 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8466 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8467 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8468 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8469
8470 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8471
8472 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8473
8474 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8475 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8476 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8477 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8478 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8479
8480 If you do this on a function definition
8481 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8482 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8483 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8484 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8485
8486 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8487 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8488 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8489 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8490 already is one.)
8491
8492 \(fn)" t nil)
8493
8494 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8495 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8496
8497 \(fn)" t nil)
8498
8499 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8500 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8501
8502 \(fn)" t nil)
8503
8504 ;;;***
8505 \f
8506 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8507 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8508 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8509 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8510 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8511 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8512 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8513 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8514 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8515 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17843 45610))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8517
8518 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8519 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8520
8521 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8522
8523 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8524 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8525
8526 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8527
8528 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8529
8530 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8531
8532 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8533 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8534 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8535 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8536
8537 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8540 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8541
8542 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8543
8544 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8545
8546 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8547 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8548
8549 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8550
8551 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8552
8553 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8554 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8555 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8556 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8557
8558 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8559
8560 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8561
8562 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8563 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8564 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8565 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8566
8567 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8568
8569 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8570
8571 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8572 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8573 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8574 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8575
8576 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8577
8578 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8579
8580 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8581 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8582 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8583 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8584
8585 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8586
8587 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8588
8589 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8590 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8591 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8592 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8593 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8594 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8595
8596 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8599 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8600 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8601 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8602
8603 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8604
8605 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8606
8607 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8608 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8609 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8610 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8611
8612 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8613
8614 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8615
8616 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8617
8618 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8619 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8620 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8621 follows:
8622 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8623 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8624
8625 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8628 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8629 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8630 follows:
8631 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8632 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8633
8634 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8637 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8638 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8639 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8640 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8641 region.
8642 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8643 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8644
8645 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8646
8647 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8648 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8649 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8650 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8651 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8652 region.
8653 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8654 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8655 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8656
8657 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8658
8659 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8660
8661 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8662 Merge two files without ancestor.
8663
8664 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8665
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8667 Merge two files with ancestor.
8668
8669 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8670
8671 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8672
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8674 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8675
8676 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8677
8678 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8679 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8680
8681 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8682
8683 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8684 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8685 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8686 buffer.
8687
8688 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8689
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8692 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8693 buffer.
8694
8695 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8696
8697 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8698 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8699 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8700 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8701
8702 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8705 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8706 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8707 and don't ask the user.
8708 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8709 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8710
8711 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8712
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8714 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8715 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8716 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8717 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8718 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8719 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8720 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8721
8722 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8723
8724 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8725
8726 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8727
8728 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8729 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8730 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8731 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8732 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8733
8734 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8735
8736 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8737
8738 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8739 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8740 When called interactively, displays the version.
8741
8742 \(fn)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8745 Display Ediff's manual.
8746 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8747
8748 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8749
8750 ;;;***
8751 \f
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8753 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8755
8756 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8757 Not documented
8758
8759 \(fn)" t nil)
8760
8761 ;;;***
8762 \f
8763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17843 45610))
8764 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8765
8766 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8767 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8768
8769 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8770
8771 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8772
8773 ;;;***
8774 \f
8775 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8776 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8777 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8778
8779 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8780 Display Ediff's registry.
8781
8782 \(fn)" t nil)
8783
8784 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8785
8786 ;;;***
8787 \f
8788 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8789 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17843 45610))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8791
8792 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8793 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8794 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8795 which see.
8796
8797 \(fn)" t nil)
8798
8799 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8800 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8801 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8802 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8803
8804 \(fn)" t nil)
8805
8806 ;;;***
8807 \f
8808 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8809 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8810 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8812
8813 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8814 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8815 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8816
8817 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8818 Edit a keyboard macro.
8819 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8820 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8821 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8822 its command name.
8823 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8824
8825 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8826
8827 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8828 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8829
8830 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8831
8832 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8833 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8834
8835 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8836
8837 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8838 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8839 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8840 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8841 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8842 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8843
8844 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8845 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8846 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8847 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8848
8849 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8850
8851 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8853 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8854 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8855 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8856 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8857
8858 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8859
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8863 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17843 45615))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8865
8866 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8867 Set scroll margins.
8868 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8869 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8870
8871 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8872
8873 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8874 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8875
8876 \(fn)" t nil)
8877
8878 ;;;***
8879 \f
8880 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8881 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8883
8884 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8885 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8886 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8887 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8888 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8889 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8890 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8891 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8892
8893 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8894 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8895
8896 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8897 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8898 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8899 this value is non-nil.
8900
8901 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8902 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8903 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8904
8905 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8906 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8907 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8908
8909 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8910
8911 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8912 Not documented
8913
8914 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8915
8916 ;;;***
8917 \f
8918 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8919 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17843 45615))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8921
8922 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8923 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8924
8925 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8926
8927 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8928 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8929 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8930 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8931 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8932 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8933 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8934
8935 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8936
8937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8938
8939 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8940 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8941
8942 \(fn)" t nil)
8943
8944 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8945 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8946 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8947 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8948 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8949 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8950 arg list.
8951
8952 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8953 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17843
8958 ;;;;;; 45610))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8960
8961 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8962 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8963
8964 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8965 an elided material again.
8966
8967 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8968
8969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8970
8971 ;;;***
8972 \f
8973 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8974 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
8975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8976
8977 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8978 Initialize elint.
8979
8980 \(fn)" t nil)
8981
8982 ;;;***
8983 \f
8984 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8985 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17843
8986 ;;;;;; 45615))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8988
8989 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8990 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8991 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8992
8993 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8994
8995 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8996 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8997 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8998
8999 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9000
9001 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9002 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9003 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9004
9005 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9006
9007 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9008
9009 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9010 Display current profiling results.
9011 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9012 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9013 displayed.
9014
9015 \(fn)" t nil)
9016
9017 ;;;***
9018 \f
9019 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9020 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9022
9023 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9024 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9025 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9026
9027 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9028
9029 ;;;***
9030 \f
9031 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9032 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9033 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9034 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9035 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9037
9038 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9039 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9040 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9041 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9042 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9043 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9044 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9045 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9046 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9047 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9048 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9049 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9050 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9051 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9052 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9053 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9054
9055 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9056 Run Emerge on two files.
9057
9058 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9059
9060 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9061 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9062
9063 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9064
9065 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9066 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9067
9068 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9069
9070 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9071 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9072
9073 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9074
9075 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9076 Not documented
9077
9078 \(fn)" nil nil)
9079
9080 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9081 Not documented
9082
9083 \(fn)" nil nil)
9084
9085 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9086 Not documented
9087
9088 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9089
9090 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9091 Not documented
9092
9093 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9094
9095 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9096 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9097
9098 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9099
9100 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9101 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9102
9103 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9104
9105 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9106 Not documented
9107
9108 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9109
9110 ;;;***
9111 \f
9112 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9113 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9115
9116 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9117 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9118 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9121 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9122
9123 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9124
9125 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9126 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9127 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9128
9129 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9130 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9131 automatically.
9132
9133 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9134 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9135 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9136
9137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9138
9139 ;;;***
9140 \f
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9142 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17843 45630))
9143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9144
9145 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9146 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9147 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9148 text/enriched format.
9149 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9150
9151 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9152 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9153
9154 Commands:
9155
9156 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9157
9158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9159
9160 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9161 Not documented
9162
9163 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9164
9165 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9166 Not documented
9167
9168 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9169
9170 ;;;***
9171 \f
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9173 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17839 38671))
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9175
9176 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9177 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9178
9179 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180
9181 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9182 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9183 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9184 (server (erc-compute-server))
9185 (port (erc-compute-port))
9186 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9187 password
9188 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9189
9190 That is, if called with
9191
9192 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9193
9194 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9195 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9196 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9197
9198 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9199
9200 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9201 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9202 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9203 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9204
9205 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17843
9210 ;;;;;; 45616))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9212 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17843 45616))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9218 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9219
9220 ;;;***
9221 \f
9222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17843 45616))
9223 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9224 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9225
9226 ;;;***
9227 \f
9228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17843 45616))
9229 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9230 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9231
9232 ;;;***
9233 \f
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9235 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17843 45616))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9237
9238 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9239 Parser for /dcc command.
9240 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9241 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9242 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9243
9244 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9245
9246 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9247 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9248
9249 \(fn)" nil nil)
9250
9251 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9252 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9253
9254 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9255 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9256 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9257 that subcommand.
9258
9259 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9260
9261 ;;;***
9262 \f
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9264 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9265 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9266 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9267 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9269
9270 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9271 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9272
9273 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9274
9275 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9276 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9277 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9278 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9279
9280 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9281
9282 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9283 Not documented
9284
9285 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9286
9287 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9288 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9289
9290 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9291
9292 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9293 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9294
9295 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9296
9297 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9298 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9299
9300 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9301
9302 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9303 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9304
9305 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9306
9307 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9308 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9309
9310 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9311
9312 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9313 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9314
9315 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9316
9317 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9318 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9319
9320 \(fn)" nil nil)
9321
9322 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9323 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9324
9325 \(fn)" nil nil)
9326
9327 ;;;***
9328 \f
9329 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17843
9330 ;;;;;; 45616))
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9332 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9333
9334 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9335 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9336 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9337
9338 \(fn)" nil nil)
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17843
9343 ;;;;;; 45616))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9345 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9346
9347 ;;;***
9348 \f
9349 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9350 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17843 45616))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9352 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9353
9354 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9355 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9356 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9357 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9358 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9359 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9360 system.
9361
9362 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9363
9364 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9365 Not documented
9366
9367 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9372 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9374
9375 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9376 Not documented
9377
9378 \(fn)" nil nil)
9379
9380 ;;;***
9381 \f
9382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17843 45616))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9384 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9385
9386 ;;;***
9387 \f
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9389 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17843 45616))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9391 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9394 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9395 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9396 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9397 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9398 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9399
9400 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9401
9402 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9403 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9404 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9405 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9406
9407 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9408 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9409 automatically.
9410
9411 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9412 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9413
9414 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9415
9416 ;;;***
9417 \f
9418 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9419 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9420 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9421 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9423 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9424
9425 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9426 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9427
9428 \(fn)" t nil)
9429
9430 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9431 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9432
9433 \(fn)" t nil)
9434
9435 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9436 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9437
9438 \(fn)" t nil)
9439
9440 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9441 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9442
9443 \(fn)" t nil)
9444
9445 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9446 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9447
9448 \(fn)" t nil)
9449
9450 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9451 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9452
9453 \(fn)" t nil)
9454
9455 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9456 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9457
9458 \(fn)" t nil)
9459
9460 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9461 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9462
9463 \(fn)" t nil)
9464
9465 ;;;***
9466 \f
9467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17843 45616))
9468 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9469 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9470
9471 ;;;***
9472 \f
9473 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9474 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9475 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9476 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9477
9478 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9479 Show who's gone.
9480
9481 \(fn)" nil nil)
9482
9483 ;;;***
9484 \f
9485 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9486 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17843 45616))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9488
9489 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9490 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9491 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9492 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9493
9494 \(fn)" nil nil)
9495
9496 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9497 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9498
9499 \(fn)" t nil)
9500
9501 ;;;***
9502 \f
9503 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9504 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17843 45616))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9506 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9507
9508 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9509 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9510 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9511 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9512
9513 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9514
9515 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9516 Not documented
9517
9518 \(fn)" nil nil)
9519
9520 ;;;***
9521 \f
9522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17843 45616))
9523 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9524 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9525
9526 ;;;***
9527 \f
9528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17843
9529 ;;;;;; 45616))
9530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9531 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9532
9533 ;;;***
9534 \f
9535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17843 45616))
9536 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9537 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9538
9539 ;;;***
9540 \f
9541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17843 45616))
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9543 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9544
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9548 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17843 45616))
9549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9550 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9551
9552 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9553 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9554
9555 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9556
9557 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9558 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9559 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9560
9561 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9562
9563 ;;;***
9564 \f
9565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17843 45616))
9566 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9568
9569 ;;;***
9570 \f
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9572 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9574
9575 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9576 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9577 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9578
9579 \(fn)" t nil)
9580
9581 ;;;***
9582 \f
9583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17843
9584 ;;;;;; 45616))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9586 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9587
9588 ;;;***
9589 \f
9590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17843 45616))
9591 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9592 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9593
9594 ;;;***
9595 \f
9596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17843 45616))
9597 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9598 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9599 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9600
9601 ;;;***
9602 \f
9603 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9604 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17843 45616))
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9606 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9607
9608 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9609 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9610 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9611 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9612
9613 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9614
9615 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9616 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9617 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9618
9619 \(fn)" t nil)
9620
9621 ;;;***
9622 \f
9623 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9624 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
9625 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9626
9627 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9628 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9629
9630 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9631
9632 ;;;***
9633 \f
9634 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17843
9635 ;;;;;; 45616))
9636 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9637
9638 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9639 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9640
9641 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9642
9643 \(fn)" nil nil)
9644
9645 ;;;***
9646 \f
9647 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17843
9648 ;;;;;; 45616))
9649 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9650
9651 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9652 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9653
9654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9655
9656 ;;;***
9657 \f
9658 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9659 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17843 45616))
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9661
9662 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9663 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9664 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9665 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9666 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9667 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9668 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9669 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9670 buffer selected (or created).
9671
9672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9673
9674 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9675 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9676 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9677
9678 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9681 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9682 The result might be any Lisp object.
9683 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9684 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9685 corresponding to a successful execution.
9686
9687 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9688
9689 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9690 Report a bug in Eshell.
9691 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9692 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9693
9694 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9695
9696 ;;;***
9697 \f
9698 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9699 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9700 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9701 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9702 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9703 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9704 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9705 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
9706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9707
9708 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9709 *File name of tags table.
9710 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9711 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9712 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9713 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9714
9715 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9716 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9717 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9718 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9719
9720 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9721
9722 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9723 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9724 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9725 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9726 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9727 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9728
9729 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9730
9731 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9732 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9733 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9734 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9735 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9736 `auto-compression-mode').")
9737
9738 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9739
9740 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9741 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9742 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9743 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9744 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9745
9746 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9747
9748 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9749 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9750 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9751 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9752
9753 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9754
9755 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9756 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9757 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9758 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9759 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9760
9761 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9762
9763 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9764 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9765
9766 \(fn)" t nil)
9767
9768 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9769 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9770 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9771 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9772
9773 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9774 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9775 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9776 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9777 file the tag was in.
9778
9779 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9782 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9783 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9784 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9785 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9786 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9787 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9788 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9789 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9790
9791 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9792
9793 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9794 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9795 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9796 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9797 without directory names.
9798
9799 \(fn)" nil nil)
9800
9801 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9802 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9803 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9804 but does not select the buffer.
9805 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9806
9807 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9808 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9809 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9810 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9811 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9812
9813 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9814
9815 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9816 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9817 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9818
9819 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9820
9821 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9824 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9825 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9826 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9827
9828 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9829 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9830 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9831 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9832 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9833
9834 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9835
9836 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9837 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9838 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9839
9840 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9841
9842 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9843 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9844
9845 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9846 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9847 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9848 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9849 around or before point.
9850
9851 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9852 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9853 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9854 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9855 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9856
9857 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9858
9859 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9860 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9861 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9862
9863 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9864
9865 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9866 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9867
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9871 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9872 around or before point.
9873
9874 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9875 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9876 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9877 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9878 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9879
9880 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9881
9882 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9883 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9884 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9885
9886 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9887
9888 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9889 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9890
9891 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9892 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9893 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9894
9895 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9896 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9897 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9898 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9899 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9900
9901 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9902
9903 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9904 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9905 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9906
9907 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9908
9909 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9910 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9911 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9912
9913 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9914 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9915
9916 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9917 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9918 where they were found.
9919
9920 \(fn)" t nil)
9921
9922 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9923 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9924
9925 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9926 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9927 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9928
9929 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9930 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9931
9932 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9933 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9934
9935 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9936
9937 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9938 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9939 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9940 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9941
9942 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9943 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9944 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9945 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9946 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9947
9948 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9949 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9952 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9953 Stops when a match is found.
9954 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9955
9956 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9957
9958 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9959
9960 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9961 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9962 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9963 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9964 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9965
9966 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9967
9968 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9971 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9972 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9973 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9974 directory specification.
9975
9976 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9977
9978 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9979 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9980
9981 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9984 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9985 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9986 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9987
9988 \(fn)" t nil)
9989
9990 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9991 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9992 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9993 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9994 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9995
9996 \(fn)" t nil)
9997
9998 ;;;***
9999 \f
10000 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10001 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10002 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10003 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10004 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10005 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10006 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10007 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17843 45620))
10008 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10009
10010 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10011 Not documented
10012
10013 \(fn)" nil nil)
10014
10015 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10016 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10017 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10018 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10019
10020 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10021 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10022 language.
10023
10024 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10025 even if the buffer is read-only.
10026
10027 See also the descriptions of the variables
10028 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10029 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10030
10031 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10032
10033 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10034 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10035
10036 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10037 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10038
10039 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10040 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10041 language.
10042
10043 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10044 buffer is read-only.
10045
10046 See also the descriptions of the variables
10047 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10048 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10049
10050 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10051
10052 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10053 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10054 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10055
10056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10057
10058 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10059 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10060
10061 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10062 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10063
10064 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10065 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10066
10067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10068
10069 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10070 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10071 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10072 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10073
10074 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10075
10076 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10077 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10078 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10079 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10080
10081 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10082 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10083 the primary language.
10084
10085 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10086 buffer is read-only.
10087
10088 See also the descriptions of the variables
10089 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10090 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10091
10092 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10093
10094 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10095 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10096 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10097 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10098
10099 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10100 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10101 primary language.
10102
10103 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10104 buffer is read-only.
10105
10106 See also the descriptions of the variables
10107 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10108 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10109
10110 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10111
10112 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10113 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10114 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10115
10116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10117
10118 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10119 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10120
10121 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10122 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10123 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10124 3) convert the body into SERA.
10125
10126 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10127
10128 \(fn)" t nil)
10129
10130 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10131 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10132 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10133
10134 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10135
10136 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10137 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10138
10139 \(fn)" t nil)
10140
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10143
10144 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10145 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10146 be 1, 2, or 3.
10147
10148 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10149 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10150 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10151
10152 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10153
10154 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Allow the user to input special characters.
10158
10159 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10160
10161 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10162 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10163 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10164
10165 \(fn)" t nil)
10166
10167 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10168 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10169
10170 \(fn)" t nil)
10171
10172 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10173 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10174
10175 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10176 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10177
10178 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10179 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10180
10181 \(fn)" nil nil)
10182
10183 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10184 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10185
10186 \(fn)" nil nil)
10187
10188 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10189 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10190
10191 \(fn)" nil nil)
10192
10193 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10194 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10195
10196 \(fn)" nil nil)
10197
10198 ;;;***
10199 \f
10200 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10201 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10202 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10204
10205 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10206 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10207 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10208 server for future sessions.
10209
10210 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10211
10212 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10213 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10214 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10215
10216 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10217
10218 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10219 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10220 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10221
10222 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10223
10224 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10225 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10226 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10227 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10228 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10229 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10230 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10231 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10232 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10233 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10234 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10235 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10236
10237 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10238
10239 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10240 Display a form to query the directory server.
10241 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10242 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10243
10244 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10245
10246 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10247 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10248 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10249
10250 \(fn)" t nil)
10251
10252 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10253
10254 ;;;***
10255 \f
10256 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10257 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10258 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17843 45624))
10259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10260
10261 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10262 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10263
10264 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10265
10266 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10267 Display URL and make it clickable.
10268
10269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10270
10271 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10272 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10273
10274 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10275
10276 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10277 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10278
10279 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10280
10281 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10282 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10283
10284 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10285
10286 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10287 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10288
10289 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10290
10291 ;;;***
10292 \f
10293 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10294 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17843 45624))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10296
10297 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10298 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10299 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10300
10301 \(fn)" t nil)
10302
10303 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10304 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10305
10306 \(fn)" t nil)
10307
10308 ;;;***
10309 \f
10310 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10311 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
10312 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10313
10314 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10315 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10316
10317 \(fn)" t nil)
10318
10319 ;;;***
10320 \f
10321 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17843
10322 ;;;;;; 45615))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10324
10325 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10326 Create an empty ewoc.
10327
10328 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10329
10330 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10331 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10332 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10333 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10334 `insert-before-markers'.
10335
10336 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10337 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10338 respectively, of the ewoc.
10339
10340 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10341 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10342 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10343
10344 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10345
10346 ;;;***
10347 \f
10348 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10349 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10350 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10351 ;;;;;; (17843 45627))
10352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10353
10354 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10355 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10356 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10357
10358 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10359
10360 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10361 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10362 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10363 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10364 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10365
10366 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10369 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10370 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10371 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10372 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10373 executable.
10374
10375 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10378 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10379 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10380
10381 \(fn)" t nil)
10382
10383 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10384 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10385 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10386 file modes.
10387
10388 \(fn)" nil nil)
10389
10390 ;;;***
10391 \f
10392 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10393 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17843 45610))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10395
10396 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10397 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10398 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10399 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10400
10401 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10402
10403 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10404 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10405 to generate such functions.
10406
10407 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10408 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10409 beginning of the expanded text.
10410
10411 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10412 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10413 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10414 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10415
10416 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10417
10418 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10419
10420 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10421 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10422 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10423
10424 \(fn)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10427 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10428 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10429
10430 \(fn)" t nil)
10431 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10432 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10433
10434 ;;;***
10435 \f
10436 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17843 45627))
10437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10438
10439 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10440 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10441 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10442
10443 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10444 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10445 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10446
10447 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10448
10449 Key definitions:
10450 \\{f90-mode-map}
10451
10452 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10453
10454 `f90-do-indent'
10455 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10456 `f90-if-indent'
10457 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10458 `f90-type-indent'
10459 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10460 `f90-program-indent'
10461 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10462 (default 2).
10463 `f90-continuation-indent'
10464 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10465 `f90-comment-region'
10466 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10467 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10468 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10469 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10470 (default \"!\").
10471 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10472 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10473 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10474 `f90-break-delimiters'
10475 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10476 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10477 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10478 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10479 (default t).
10480 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10481 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10482 `f90-smart-end'
10483 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10484 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10485 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10486 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10487 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10488 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10489 `f90-leave-line-no'
10490 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10491
10492 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10494
10495 \(fn)" t nil)
10496
10497 ;;;***
10498 \f
10499 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10500 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10501 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10502 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10503 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17843 45610))
10504 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10505 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10506 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10507
10508 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10509 Menu keymap for faces.")
10510
10511 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10512
10513 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10514 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10515
10516 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10517
10518 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10519 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10520
10521 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10522
10523 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10524 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10525
10526 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10527
10528 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10529 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10530
10531 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10532
10533 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10534 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10535
10536 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10537
10538 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10539 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10540
10541 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10542
10543 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10544
10545 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10546
10547 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10548
10549 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10550 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10551
10552 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10553 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10554 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10555 to the faces to use for the next character
10556 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10557 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10558
10559 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10560 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10561 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10562 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10563 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10564 preceding faces (including FACE).
10565
10566 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10567 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10568
10569 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10570
10571 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10572 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10573 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10574
10575 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10576 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10577 requested face.
10578
10579 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10580 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10581 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10582
10583 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10584
10585 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10586 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10587 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10588
10589 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10590 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10591 requested face.
10592
10593 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10594 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10595 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10596
10597 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10600 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10601 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10602 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10603 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10604 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10605 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10606
10607 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10608 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10609 requested face.
10610
10611 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10612 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10613 to insert cancels the specification.
10614
10615 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10618 Make the region invisible.
10619 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10620 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10621
10622 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10623
10624 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10625 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10626 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10627 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10628
10629 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10630
10631 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10632 Make the region unmodifiable.
10633 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10634 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10635
10636 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10637
10638 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10639 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10640
10641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10642
10643 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10644 Remove all text properties from the region.
10645
10646 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10649 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10650 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10651
10652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10653
10654 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10655 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10656
10657 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10658
10659 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10660 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10661 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10662 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10663 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10664 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10665
10666 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10667
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10671 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17843 45625))
10672 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10673
10674 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10675 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10676 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10677 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10678
10679 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10680
10681 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10682 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10683 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10684
10685 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10686 - When you save the file's buffer.
10687 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10688 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10689 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10690 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10691
10692 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10693
10694 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10695 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10696 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10697 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10698
10699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10700
10701 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10702 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10703
10704 \(fn)" nil nil)
10705
10706 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10707
10708 ;;;***
10709 \f
10710 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10711 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10712 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17743 18143))
10713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10714
10715 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10716 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10717 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10718 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10719
10720 \(fn)" nil nil)
10721
10722 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10723 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10724
10725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10726
10727 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10728 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10729 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10730 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10731
10732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10733
10734 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10735 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10736 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10737 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10738 backup file names and the like).
10739
10740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10741
10742 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10743 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10744 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10745 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10746 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10747 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10748 internally by feedmail):
10749
10750 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10751 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10752 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10753 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10754
10755 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10756 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10757 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10758 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10759 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10760
10761 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10762
10763 ;;;***
10764 \f
10765 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10766 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17838 18033))
10767 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10768
10769 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10770 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10771 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10772 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10773 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10774 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10775 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10776
10777 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10778
10779 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10780 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10781 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10782 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10783 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10784 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10785 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10786
10787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10788
10789 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10790
10791 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10792 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10793 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10794 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10795 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10796 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10797
10798 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10799
10800 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10801 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10802 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10803 Return value:
10804 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10805 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10806 * otherwise, nil
10807
10808 \(fn E)" t nil)
10809
10810 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10811 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10812
10813 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10814
10815 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10816 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10817
10818 \(fn)" t nil)
10819
10820 ;;;***
10821 \f
10822 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10823 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10824 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10825 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17843 45610))
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10827
10828 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10829 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10830 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10831 be added to the cache.
10832
10833 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10836 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10837 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10838 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10839 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10840
10841 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10842
10843 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10844 Add FILE to the file cache.
10845
10846 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10847
10848 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10849 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10850 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10851
10852 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10853
10854 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10855 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10856 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10857
10858 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10859
10860 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10861 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10862 This function does not use any external programs
10863 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10864 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10865 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10866
10867 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10868
10869 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10870 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10871 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10872 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10873 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10874 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10875 \(directories) is done.
10876
10877 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10878 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10879 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10880 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10881
10882 ;;;***
10883 \f
10884 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17843
10885 ;;;;;; 45610))
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10887
10888 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10889 Filesets initialization.
10890 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10891
10892 \(fn)" nil nil)
10893
10894 ;;;***
10895 \f
10896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17843 45630))
10897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10898 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10899
10900 ;;;***
10901 \f
10902 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10903 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10904 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10905 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10906
10907 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10908 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10909 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10910 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10911 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10912
10913 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10914
10915 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10916 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10917 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10918 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10919 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10920
10921 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10922
10923 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10924 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10925 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10926 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10927
10928 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10929
10930 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10931 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10932 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10933
10934 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10935
10936 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10937 as the final argument.
10938
10939 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10940
10941 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10942 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10943 and run dired on those files.
10944 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10945 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10946
10947 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10948
10949 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10950
10951 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10952 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10953 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10954
10955 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10956
10957 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10958
10959 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10960
10961 ;;;***
10962 \f
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10964 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10965 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10967
10968 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10969 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10970 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10971 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10972 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10973 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10974 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10975
10976 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10977 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10978 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10979
10980 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10981
10982 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10983
10984 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10985
10986 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10987 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10988 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10989
10990 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10991 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10992
10993 Variables of interest include:
10994
10995 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10996 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10997 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10998
10999 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11000 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11001 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11002
11003 - `ff-ignore-include'
11004 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11005
11006 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11007 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11008
11009 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11010 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11011
11012 - `ff-special-constructs'
11013 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11014 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11015 extracting the filename from that construct.
11016
11017 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11018 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11019
11020 - `ff-search-directories'
11021 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11022 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11023
11024 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11025 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11026
11027 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11028 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11029
11030 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11031 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11032
11033 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11034 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11035
11036 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11037 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11038
11039 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11040
11041 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11042 Visit the file you click on.
11043
11044 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11045
11046 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11047 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11048
11049 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11050
11051 ;;;***
11052 \f
11053 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11054 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11055 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11056 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11057 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11058 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11059 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17843 45615))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11061
11062 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11063 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11064
11065 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11066
11067 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11068 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11069 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11070 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11071
11072 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11073 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11074 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11075 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11076
11077 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11080 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11081
11082 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11083 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11084 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11085 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11086
11087 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11088 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11089 in `load-path'.
11090
11091 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11092
11093 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11094 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11095
11096 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11097 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11098 places point before the definition.
11099 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11100
11101 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11102 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11103 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11104
11105 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11106
11107 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11108 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11109
11110 See `find-function' for more details.
11111
11112 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11113
11114 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11115 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11116
11117 See `find-function' for more details.
11118
11119 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11122 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11123
11124 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11125 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11126 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11127
11128 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11129 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11130
11131 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11134 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11135
11136 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11137 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11138 places point before the definition.
11139
11140 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11141
11142 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11143 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11144 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11145
11146 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11147
11148 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11149 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11150
11151 See `find-variable' for more details.
11152
11153 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11154
11155 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11156 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11157
11158 See `find-variable' for more details.
11159
11160 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11161
11162 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11163 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11164 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11165 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11166 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11167 buffer nor display it.
11168
11169 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11170 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11171
11172 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11173
11174 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11175 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11176
11177 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11178 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11179 places point before the definition.
11180
11181 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11182
11183 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11184 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11185 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11186
11187 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11188
11189 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11190 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11191 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11192
11193 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11194
11195 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11196 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11197
11198 \(fn)" t nil)
11199
11200 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11201 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11202
11203 \(fn)" t nil)
11204
11205 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11206 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11207
11208 \(fn)" nil nil)
11209
11210 ;;;***
11211 \f
11212 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11213 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17843 45610))
11214 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11215
11216 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11217 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11218
11219 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11220
11221 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11222 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11223
11224 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11225
11226 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11227 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11228
11229 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11230
11231 ;;;***
11232 \f
11233 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11234 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17843 45610))
11235 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11236
11237 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11238 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11239
11240 \(fn)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11243 Display FILE's commentary section.
11244 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11245
11246 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11247
11248 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11249 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11250
11251 \(fn)" t nil)
11252
11253 ;;;***
11254 \f
11255 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11256 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17843 45610))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11258
11259 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11260 Toggle flow control handling.
11261 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11262 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11263
11264 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11265
11266 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11267 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11268 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11269 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11270 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11271 to get the effect of a C-q.
11272
11273 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11274
11275 ;;;***
11276 \f
11277 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11278 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11280
11281 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11282 Not documented
11283
11284 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11285
11286 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11287 Not documented
11288
11289 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11290
11291 ;;;***
11292 \f
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11294 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17843 45627))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11296
11297 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11298 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11299 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11300 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11301
11302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11303
11304 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11305 Turn flymake mode on.
11306
11307 \(fn)" nil nil)
11308
11309 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11310 Turn flymake mode off.
11311
11312 \(fn)" nil nil)
11313
11314 ;;;***
11315 \f
11316 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11317 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11318 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17843 45630))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11320
11321 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11322 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11323
11324 \(fn)" t nil)
11325 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11326
11327 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11328 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11329 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11330 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11331 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11332 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11333
11334 Bindings:
11335 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11336 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11337 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11338 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11339
11340 Hooks:
11341 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11342
11343 Remark:
11344 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11345 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11346 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11347
11348 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11349 consider adding:
11350 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11351 in your .emacs file.
11352
11353 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11354 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11355
11356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11357
11358 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11359 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11360
11361 \(fn)" nil nil)
11362
11363 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11364 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11365
11366 \(fn)" nil nil)
11367
11368 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11369 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11370
11371 \(fn)" nil nil)
11372
11373 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11374 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11375
11376 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11377
11378 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11379 Flyspell whole buffer.
11380
11381 \(fn)" t nil)
11382
11383 ;;;***
11384 \f
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11386 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11387 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
11388 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11389
11390 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11391 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11392
11393 \(fn)" t nil)
11394
11395 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11396 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11397
11398 \(fn)" t nil)
11399
11400 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11401 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11402
11403 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11404 of two major techniques:
11405
11406 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11407 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11408 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11409
11410 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11411 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11412 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11413 movement commands.
11414
11415 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11416 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11417 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11418 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11419 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11420 mileage may vary).
11421
11422 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11423 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11424
11425 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11426
11427 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11428 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11429 \(This is the default.)
11430
11431 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11432 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11433
11434 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11435 \\{follow-mode-map}
11436
11437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11438
11439 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11440 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11441
11442 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11443 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11444 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11445 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11446 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11447 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11448
11449 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11450 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11451 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11452
11453 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11454 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11455 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11456
11457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11458
11459 ;;;***
11460 \f
11461 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17843
11462 ;;;;;; 45621))
11463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11464
11465 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11466 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11467 \\<message-mode-map>
11468 key binding
11469 --- -------
11470
11471 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11472 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11473 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11474 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11475 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11476 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11477
11478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11479
11480 ;;;***
11481 \f
11482 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11483 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17843 45610))
11484 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11485
11486 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11487 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11488
11489 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11490 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11491 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11492 C-c < forms-first-record <
11493 C-c > forms-last-record >
11494 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11495 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11496 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11497 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11498 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11499 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11500 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11501 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11502 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11503 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11504
11505 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11506
11507 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11508 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11509
11510 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11511
11512 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11513 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11514
11515 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11516
11517 ;;;***
11518 \f
11519 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11520 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17843 45628))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11522
11523 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11524 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11525 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11526 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11527 with a character in column 6.")
11528
11529 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11530
11531 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11532 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11533 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11534
11535 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11536 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11537
11538 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11539
11540 Key definitions:
11541 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11542
11543 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11544
11545 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11546 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11547 `fortran-do-indent'
11548 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11549 `fortran-if-indent'
11550 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11551 `fortran-structure-indent'
11552 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11553 (default 3)
11554 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11555 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11556 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11557 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11558 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11559 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11560 nil don't change the indentation
11561 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11562 value of either
11563 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11565 depending on the continuation format in use.
11566 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11567 indentation for a line of code.
11568 (default 'fixed)
11569 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11570 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11571 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11572 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11573 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11574 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11575 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11576 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11577 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11578 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11579 column 5.
11580 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11581 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11582 statements (default nil).
11583 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11584 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11585 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11586 `fortran-continuation-string'
11587 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11588 line (default \"$\").
11589 `fortran-comment-region'
11590 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11591 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11592 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11593 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11594 as typed (default t).
11595 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11596 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11597
11598 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11599 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11600
11601 \(fn)" t nil)
11602
11603 ;;;***
11604 \f
11605 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11606 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17843 45625))
11607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11608
11609 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11610 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11611
11612 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11613 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11614
11615 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11616
11617 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11618 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11619
11620 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11621 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11622
11623 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11624
11625 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11626 Compile fortune file.
11627
11628 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11629 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11630
11631 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11632
11633 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11634 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11635
11636 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11637 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11638 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11639 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11640
11641 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11642
11643 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11644 Display a fortune cookie.
11645
11646 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11647 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11648 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11649 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11650
11651 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11652
11653 ;;;***
11654 \f
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11656 ;;;;;; (17844 62923))
11657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11658
11659 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11660 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11661 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11662 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11663
11664 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11665 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11666 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11667 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11668
11669 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11670 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11671 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11672 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11673 some of the buffers.
11674
11675 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11676
11677 The following commands help control operation :
11678
11679 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11680 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11681
11682 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11683 detailed description of this mode.
11684
11685
11686 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11687 | GDB Toolbar |
11688 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11689 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11690 | | |
11691 | | |
11692 | | |
11693 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11694 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11695 | | (comint-mode) |
11696 | | |
11697 | | |
11698 | | |
11699 | | |
11700 | | |
11701 | | |
11702 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11703 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11704 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11705 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11706 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11707 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11708
11709 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11710
11711 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11712 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11713
11714 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11715
11716 ;;;***
11717 \f
11718 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11719 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17843
11720 ;;;;;; 45615))
11721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11722
11723 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11724 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11725 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11726 instead (which see).")
11727
11728 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11729 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11730
11731 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11732 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11733 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11734 documentation string instead.
11735
11736 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11737 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11738 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11739 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11740 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11741 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11742 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11743 enders are actually possible.
11744
11745 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11746 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11747
11748 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11749 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11750 `font-lock-keywords'.
11751
11752 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11753 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11754 runs the macro expansion.
11755
11756 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11757 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11758 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11759
11760 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11761
11762 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11763
11764 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11765 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11766
11767 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11768
11769 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11770 Enter generic mode MODE.
11771
11772 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11773 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11774 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11775
11776 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11777 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11778
11779 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11780
11781 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11782 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11783 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11784 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11785 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11786 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11787 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11788 `font-lock-keywords'.
11789
11790 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11791
11792 ;;;***
11793 \f
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11795 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11797
11798 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11799 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11800 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11801 at places they belong to.
11802
11803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11804
11805 ;;;***
11806 \f
11807 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11808 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17843 45616))
11809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11810
11811 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11812 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11813
11814 Guideline for numbers:
11815 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11816 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11817 inside loops.
11818
11819 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11822 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11823 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11824
11825 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11828 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11829
11830 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11833 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11834
11835 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11836 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11837 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11838 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11839 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11840 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11841
11842 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11843 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11844 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11845 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11846 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11847
11848 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11849
11850 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11855 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17843 45617))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11857 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11858 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11859
11860 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11861 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11862
11863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11864
11865 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11866 Read network news.
11867 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11868 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11869 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11870 name of an NNTP server to use.
11871 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11872 server.
11873
11874 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11877 Read news as a slave.
11878
11879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11880
11881 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11882 Pop up a frame to read news.
11883 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11884 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11885 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11886 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11887 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11888 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11889 current display is used.
11890
11891 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11892
11893 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11894 Read network news.
11895 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11896 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11897 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11898
11899 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11900
11901 ;;;***
11902 \f
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11904 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11905 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11906 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11907 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11908 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17843 45616))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11910
11911 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11912 Start Gnus unplugged.
11913
11914 \(fn)" t nil)
11915
11916 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11917 Start Gnus plugged.
11918
11919 \(fn)" t nil)
11920
11921 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11922 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11923
11924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11925
11926 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11927 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11928
11929 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11930 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11931 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11932
11933 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11934 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11935 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11936
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11938
11939 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11940 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11941
11942 \(fn)" nil nil)
11943
11944 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11945 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11946 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11947 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11948 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11949 supported.
11950
11951 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11952
11953 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11955 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11956 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11957 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11958 supported.
11959
11960 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11961
11962 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11963 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11964
11965 \(fn)" nil nil)
11966
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11969 downloaded into the agent.
11970
11971 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11972
11973 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11974 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11975 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11976 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11977
11978 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11979
11980 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11981 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11982
11983 \(fn)" t nil)
11984
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11987
11988 \(fn)" t nil)
11989
11990 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11991 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11992 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11993
11994 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11995
11996 ;;;***
11997 \f
11998 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11999 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12001
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12003 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12004
12005 \(fn)" nil nil)
12006
12007 ;;;***
12008 \f
12009 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12010 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12011 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12012
12013 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12014 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12015
12016 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12017
12018 ;;;***
12019 \f
12020 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12021 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12022 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17843
12023 ;;;;;; 45616))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12025
12026 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12027 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12028
12029 Usage:
12030 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12031
12032 \(fn)" t nil)
12033
12034 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12035 Generate the cache active file.
12036
12037 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12038
12039 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12040 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12041
12042 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12043
12044 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12045 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12046 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12047 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12048 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12049 supported.
12050
12051 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12052
12053 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12054 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12055 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12056 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12057 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12058 supported.
12059
12060 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12061
12062 ;;;***
12063 \f
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12065 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17843 45616))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12067
12068 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12069 Delay this article by some time.
12070 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12071
12072 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12073 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12074
12075 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12076 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12077
12078 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12079 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12080
12081 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12082
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12084 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12085
12086 \(fn)" t nil)
12087
12088 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12089 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12090 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12091 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12092
12093 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12094 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12095
12096 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12097
12098 ;;;***
12099 \f
12100 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12101 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17843 45616))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12103
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12105 Not documented
12106
12107 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12108
12109 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12110 Not documented
12111
12112 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12113
12114 ;;;***
12115 \f
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12117 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12119
12120 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12121 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12122
12123 \(fn)" nil nil)
12124
12125 ;;;***
12126 \f
12127 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12128 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12130
12131 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12132 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12133
12134 \(fn)" t nil)
12135
12136 ;;;***
12137 \f
12138 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12139 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12140 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17843
12141 ;;;;;; 45616))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12143
12144 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12145 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12146
12147 \(fn)" t nil)
12148
12149 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12150 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12151
12152 \(fn)" t nil)
12153
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12155 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12156
12157 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12158
12159 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12160 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12161
12162 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12165 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12166 The PNG is returned as a string.
12167
12168 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12169
12170 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12171 Convert FILE to a Face.
12172 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12173 726 bytes.
12174
12175 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12176
12177 ;;;***
12178 \f
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12180 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17843 45617))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12182
12183 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12184 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12185 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12186
12187 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12188
12189 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12190 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12191
12192 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12193
12194 ;;;***
12195 \f
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12197 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12199
12200 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12201
12202 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12203 Run batched scoring.
12204 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12205
12206 \(fn)" t nil)
12207
12208 ;;;***
12209 \f
12210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12211 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12212 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12214
12215 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12216 Not documented
12217
12218 \(fn)" nil nil)
12219
12220 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12221 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12222 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12223
12224 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12225
12226 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12227 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12228
12229 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12230
12231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12232
12233 ;;;***
12234 \f
12235 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12236 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12237 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12239
12240 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12241 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12242 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12243 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12244 group parameters.
12245
12246 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12247 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12248 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12249 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12250
12251 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12252 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12253 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12254 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12255 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12256 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12257 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12258 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12259 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12260 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12261
12262 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12263
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12265 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12266 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12267 nil CATCH-ALL).
12268
12269 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12270 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12271
12272 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12273
12274 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12275 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12276 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12277
12278 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12279
12280 \(fn)" nil nil)
12281
12282 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12283 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12284 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12285
12286 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12287
12288 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12289 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12290 existing groups are considered.
12291
12292 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12293 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12294 returned.
12295
12296 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12297 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12298 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12299 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12300 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12301 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12302 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12303 clauses will be generated.
12304
12305 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12306 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12307 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12308 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12309 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12310 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12311
12312 For example, given the following group parameters:
12313
12314 nnml:mail.bar:
12315 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12316 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12317 nnml:mail.foo:
12318 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12319 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12320 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12321 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12322 nnml:mail.others:
12323 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12324
12325 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12326
12327 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12328 \"mail.bar\")
12329 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12330 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12331 \"mail.others\")
12332
12333 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12334
12335 ;;;***
12336 \f
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12338 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12340
12341 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12342 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12343 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12344
12345 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12346
12347 ;;;***
12348 \f
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12350 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17843 45617))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12352
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12354 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12355 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12356 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12357
12358 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12359
12360 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12361 Mail to ADDRESS.
12362
12363 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12364
12365 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12366 Like `message-reply'.
12367
12368 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12369
12370 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12371
12372 ;;;***
12373 \f
12374 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12375 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17843 45617))
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12377
12378 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12379 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12380
12381 \(fn)" t nil)
12382
12383 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12384 Load the NoCeM cache.
12385
12386 \(fn)" t nil)
12387
12388 ;;;***
12389 \f
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12391 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12392 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12394
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12396 Display picons in the From header.
12397 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12398
12399 \(fn)" t nil)
12400
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12402 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12403 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12404
12405 \(fn)" t nil)
12406
12407 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12408 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12409 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12410
12411 \(fn)" t nil)
12412
12413 ;;;***
12414 \f
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12416 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12417 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12418 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12419 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17843 45617))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12421
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12423 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12424 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12425 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12426
12427 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12428
12429 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12430 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12431 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12432 LIST1 is modified.
12433
12434 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12435
12436 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12437 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12438 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12439
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441
12442 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12443 Not documented
12444
12445 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12446
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12448 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12449 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12450
12451 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12452
12453 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12454 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12455 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12456
12457 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12458
12459 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12460
12461 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12462 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12463 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12464
12465 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12466
12467 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12468 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12469 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12470
12471 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12475 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12476
12477 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12478
12479 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12480 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12481
12482 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12483
12484 ;;;***
12485 \f
12486 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12487 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17843 45617))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12489
12490 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12491 Not documented
12492
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12494
12495 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12496 Install the registry hooks.
12497
12498 \(fn)" t nil)
12499
12500 ;;;***
12501 \f
12502 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12503 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17843
12504 ;;;;;; 45617))
12505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12506
12507 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12508 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12509 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12510 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12511 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12512 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12513
12514 \(fn)" t nil)
12515
12516 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12517 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12518 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12519 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12520 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12521
12522 \(fn)" t nil)
12523
12524 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12525 Not documented
12526
12527 \(fn)" t nil)
12528
12529 ;;;***
12530 \f
12531 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12532 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12534
12535 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12536 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12537 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12538 for matching on group names.
12539
12540 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12541 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12542
12543 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12544
12545 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12546
12547 \(fn)" t nil)
12548
12549 ;;;***
12550 \f
12551 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12552 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12554
12555 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12556 Update the format specification near point.
12557
12558 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12559
12560 ;;;***
12561 \f
12562 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12563 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17843
12564 ;;;;;; 45617))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12566
12567 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12568 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12569
12570 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12571
12572 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12573 Not documented
12574
12575 \(fn)" nil nil)
12576
12577 ;;;***
12578 \f
12579 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12580 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12582
12583 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12584 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12585
12586 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12587
12588 ;;;***
12589 \f
12590 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17843 45626))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12592
12593 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12594 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12595
12596 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12597 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12598 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12599
12600 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12601 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12602 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12603
12604 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12605 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12606
12607 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12608 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12609
12610 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12611
12612 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12613
12614 ;;;***
12615 \f
12616 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12617 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17843 45624))
12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12619
12620 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12621
12622 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12623 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12624 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12625 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12626 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12627
12628 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12629
12630 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12631 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12632 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12633 or to send e-mail.
12634 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12635 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12636
12637 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12638 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12639
12640 \(fn)" t nil)
12641 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12642
12643 ;;;***
12644 \f
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12646 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12647 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17843 45628))
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12649
12650 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12651 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12652
12653 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12654
12655 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12656 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12657 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12658 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12659 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12660
12661 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12662 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12663
12664 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12665
12666 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12667 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12668 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12669 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12670
12671 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12672
12673 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12674 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12675
12676 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12677
12678 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12679 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12680
12681 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12682 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12683 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12684
12685 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12686 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12687 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12688
12689 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12690 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12691
12692 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12693 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12694
12695 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12696
12697 (defvar grep-history nil)
12698
12699 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12700
12701 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12702 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12703 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12704
12705 \(fn)" nil nil)
12706
12707 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12708 Not documented
12709
12710 \(fn)" nil nil)
12711
12712 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12713 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12714
12715 \(fn)" nil nil)
12716
12717 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12718 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12719 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12720 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12721 where grep found matches.
12722
12723 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12724 easily repeat a grep command.
12725
12726 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12727 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12728 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12729 if that history list is empty).
12730
12731 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12734 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12735 Collect output in a buffer.
12736 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12737 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12738
12739 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12740 easily repeat a find command.
12741
12742 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12743
12744 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12745
12746 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12747 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12748 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12749 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12750 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12751
12752 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12753 before it is executed.
12754 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12755
12756 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12757 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12758 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12759
12760 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12761
12762 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12763
12764 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12765 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12766 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12767 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12768 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12769
12770 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12771 before it is executed.
12772 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12773
12774 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12775 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12776 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12777
12778 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12779
12780 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12781
12782 ;;;***
12783 \f
12784 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17843 45610))
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12786
12787 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12788 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12789 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12790 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12791 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12792
12793 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12794
12795 ;;;***
12796 \f
12797 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12798 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17843 45628))
12799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12800
12801 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12802 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12803 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12804 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12805 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12806 `gdba' for more information.
12807
12808 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12809 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12810 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12811 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12812 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12813 session.
12814
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12816
12817 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12818 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12820 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12821
12822 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12823
12824 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12825 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12826 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12827 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12828
12829 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12830
12831 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12832 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12833 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12834 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12835
12836 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12837 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12838
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12840
12841 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12842 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12843 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12844 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12845
12846 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12847
12848 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12849 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12850 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12851 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12852
12853 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12854
12855 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12856 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12857 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12858 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12859 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12860
12861 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12862 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12863 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12864 original source file access method.
12865
12866 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12867 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12868
12869 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870
12871 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12872 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12873 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12874 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12875
12876 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12877 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12878
12879 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12880
12881 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12882 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12883
12884 \(fn)" t nil)
12885
12886 ;;;***
12887 \f
12888 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17843
12889 ;;;;;; 45626))
12890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12891
12892 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12893 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12894 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12895 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12896
12897 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12898 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12899 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12900 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12901
12902 \(fn)" t nil)
12903
12904 ;;;***
12905 \f
12906 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12907 ;;;;;; (17743 18144))
12908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12909
12910 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12911 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12912
12913 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12914
12915 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12916 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12917 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12918 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12919
12920 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12921
12922 \(fn)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12925 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12926 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12927 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12928 to be updated.
12929
12930 \(fn)" t nil)
12931
12932 ;;;***
12933 \f
12934 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12935 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12936 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12937 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17843 45610))
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12939
12940 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12941 Return the help-echo string at point.
12942 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12943 property, or nil, is returned.
12944 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12945 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12946 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12947
12948 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12949
12950 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12951 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12952 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12953 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12954 this produces no string either, return nil.
12955
12956 \(fn)" nil nil)
12957
12958 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12959 Display local help in the echo area.
12960 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12961 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12962 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12963 printed instead.
12964
12965 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12966 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12967 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12968
12969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12972 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12973 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12974
12975 \(fn)" t nil)
12976
12977 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12978 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12979 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12980
12981 \(fn)" t nil)
12982
12983 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12984 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12985 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12986 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12987 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12988 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12989 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12990 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12991 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12992 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12993 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12994
12995 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12996 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12997 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12998 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12999 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13000
13001 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13002 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13003 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13004 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13005 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13006 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13007 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13008 The default is `never'.")
13009
13010 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13011
13012 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13013 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13014 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13015 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13016 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13017 considered different regions.
13018
13019 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13020 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13021 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13022 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13023 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13024 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13025 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13026 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13027 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13028
13029 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13030
13031 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13032 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13033 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13034 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13035 different regions.
13036
13037 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13038 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13039 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13040 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13041 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13042 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13043 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13044 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13045
13046 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13047 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13048 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13049 rarely happens in practice.
13050
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13052
13053 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13055 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13056 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13057 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13058 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13059
13060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13061
13062 ;;;***
13063 \f
13064 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13065 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13066 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13067 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13068 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13069
13070 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13071 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13072
13073 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13074
13075 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13076 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13077 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13078
13079 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13080
13081 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13082 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13083
13084 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13085
13086 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13087 Not documented
13088
13089 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13090
13091 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13092 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13093 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13094 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13095
13096 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13097
13098 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13099 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13100 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13101 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13102 it is displayed along with the global value.
13103
13104 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13105
13106 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13107 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13108 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13109 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13110
13111 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13112
13113 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13114 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13115 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13116 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13117 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13118
13119 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13120
13121 ;;;***
13122 \f
13123 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13124 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13125 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13126
13127 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13128 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13129 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13130 and window listing and describing the options.
13131 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13132 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13133
13134 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13135
13136 ;;;***
13137 \f
13138 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13139 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13140 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17843 45610))
13141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13142
13143 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13144 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13145 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13146 Commands:
13147 \\{help-mode-map}
13148
13149 \(fn)" t nil)
13150
13151 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13152 Not documented
13153
13154 \(fn)" nil nil)
13155
13156 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13157 Not documented
13158
13159 \(fn)" nil nil)
13160
13161 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13162 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13163
13164 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13165 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13166 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13167 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13168
13169 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13170 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13171 restore it properly when going back.
13172
13173 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13174
13175 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13176 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13177
13178 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13179 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13180 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13181 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13182 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13183 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13184 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13185 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13186
13187 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13188 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13189 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13190 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13191
13192 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13193 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13194 that.
13195
13196 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13197
13198 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13199 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13200 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13201 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13202 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13203 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13204
13205 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13206
13207 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13208 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13209 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13210 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13211 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13212
13213 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13214
13215 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13216 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13217
13218 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13219
13220 ;;;***
13221 \f
13222 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13223 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17843 45615))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13225
13226 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13227 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13228
13229 \(fn)" t nil)
13230
13231 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13232 Provide help for current mode.
13233
13234 \(fn)" t nil)
13235
13236 ;;;***
13237 \f
13238 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13239 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17844 62922))
13240 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13241
13242 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13243 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13244 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13245 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13246 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13247
13248 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13249 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13250
13251 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13252 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13253 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13254 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13255
13256 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13257 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13258 periods.
13259
13260 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13261 in hexl format.
13262
13263 A sample format:
13264
13265 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13266 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13267 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13268 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13269 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13270 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13271 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13272 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13273 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13274 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13275 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13276 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13277 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13278 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13279 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13280
13281 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13282 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13283 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13284
13285 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13286 also supported.
13287
13288 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13289
13290 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13291 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13292 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13293
13294 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13295 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13296 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13297
13298 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13299 into the buffer at the current point.
13300
13301 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13302 into the buffer at the current point.
13303
13304 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13305 into the buffer at the current point.
13306
13307 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13308
13309 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13310 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13311
13312 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13313
13314 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13315
13316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13317
13318 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13319 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13320 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13321 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13322
13323 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13324
13325 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13326 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13327 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13328
13329 \(fn)" t nil)
13330
13331 ;;;***
13332 \f
13333 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13334 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13335 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13336 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13337 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13338
13339 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13340 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13341
13342 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13343 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13344 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13345 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13346 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13347 called interactively, are:
13348
13349 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13350 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13351
13352 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13353 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13354 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13355 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13356
13357 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13358 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13359
13360 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13361 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13362
13363 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13364 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13365 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13366 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13367 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13368 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13369
13370 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13371 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13372
13373 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13374 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13375 Hi-lock: FOO
13376 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13377 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13378 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13379 Patterns will be read until
13380 Hi-lock: end
13381 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13382
13383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13384
13385 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13386 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13387 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13389 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13390 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13391
13392 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13393
13394 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13395 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13396 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13397 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13398 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13399
13400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13401
13402 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13403
13404 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13405 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13406
13407 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13408 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13409 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13410 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13411
13412 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13413
13414 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13415
13416 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13417 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13418
13419 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13420 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13421 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13422 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13423
13424 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13425
13426 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13427
13428 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13429 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13430
13431 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13432 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13433
13434 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13435
13436 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13437
13438 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13439 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13440
13441 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13442 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13443 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13444 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13445 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13446
13447 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13448
13449 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13450 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13451
13452 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13453 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13454 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13455
13456 \(fn)" t nil)
13457
13458 ;;;***
13459 \f
13460 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13461 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17843 45628))
13462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13463
13464 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13465 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13466 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13467 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13468 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13469 how the hiding is done:
13470
13471 `hide-ifdef-env'
13472 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13473 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13474 is used.
13475
13476 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13477 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13478 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13479 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13480 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13481
13482 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13483 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13484 #endif lines when hiding.
13485
13486 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13487 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13488 is activated.
13489
13490 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13491 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13492 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13493
13494 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13495
13496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13497
13498 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13499 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13500
13501 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13502
13503 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13504 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13505
13506 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13507
13508 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13509 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13510
13511 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13512
13513 ;;;***
13514 \f
13515 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13516 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
13517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13518
13519 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13520 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13521 Each element has the form
13522 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13523
13524 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13525 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13526
13527 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13528 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13529
13530 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13531 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13532 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13533 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13534 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13535 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13536
13537 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13538 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13539
13540 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13541 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13542
13543 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13544 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13545 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13546
13547 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13548 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13549 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13550 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13551 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13552 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13553
13554 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13555 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13556 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13557
13558 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13559 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13560
13561 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13562
13563 Key bindings:
13564 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13565
13566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13567
13568 ;;;***
13569 \f
13570 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13571 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13572 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13573 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13574 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17843 45610))
13575 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13576
13577 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13578 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13579 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13580
13581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13582
13583 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13584 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13585
13586 Without an argument:
13587 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13588 or passive state as determined by the variable
13589 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13590 and passive state.
13591
13592 With an argument ARG:
13593 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13594 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13595 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13596
13597 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13598 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13599 not displayed in a different face.
13600
13601 Functions:
13602 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13603 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13604 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13605 buffer with the contents of a file
13606 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13607 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13608 various faces
13609
13610 Hook variables:
13611 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13612 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13613 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13614
13615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13616
13617 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13618 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13619
13620 \(fn)" t nil)
13621
13622 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13623 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13624
13625 \(fn)" t nil)
13626
13627 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13628 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13629
13630 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13631 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13632 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13633 shown in the last face in the list.
13634
13635 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13636 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13637 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13638
13639 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13640
13641 \(fn)" t nil)
13642
13643 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13644 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13645
13646 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13647
13648 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13649 to save the file.
13650
13651 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13652 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13653
13654 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13655 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13656 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13657
13658 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13659
13660 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13662
13663 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13664 this function is called interactively.
13665
13666 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13667 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13668 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13669
13670 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13671 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13672 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13673
13674 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13675
13676 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13677 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13678
13679 When called interactively:
13680 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13681 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13682 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13683 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13684
13685 When called from a program:
13686 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13687 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13688 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13689 - otherwise just turn it on
13690
13691 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13692 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13693 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13694 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13695
13696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13697
13698 ;;;***
13699 \f
13700 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13701 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13702 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13703 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13704 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17843 45610))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13706
13707 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13708 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13709 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13710 or insert functions in this list.")
13711
13712 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13713
13714 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13715 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13716
13717 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13718
13719 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13720 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13721
13722 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13723
13724 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13725 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13726
13727 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13728
13729 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13730 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13731
13732 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13733
13734 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13735 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13736 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13737
13738 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13739
13740 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13741 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13742 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13743 \(as atoms)")
13744
13745 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13746
13747 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13748 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13749 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13750 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13751 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13752
13753 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13754
13755 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13756 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13757 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13758 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13759 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13760 expansions.
13761 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13762 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13763 undoes the expansion.
13764
13765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13766
13767 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13768 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13769 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13770 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13771
13772 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13773
13774 ;;;***
13775 \f
13776 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13777 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
13778 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13779
13780 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13781 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13782 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13783
13784 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13785 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13786 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13787 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13788 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13789
13790 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13791 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13792 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13793 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13794
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13796
13797 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13798 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13799 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13802 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13803
13804 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13805
13806 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13807 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13808 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13809
13810 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13811 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13812
13813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13814
13815 ;;;***
13816 \f
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13818 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13820
13821 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13822 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13823 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13824
13825 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13826
13827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13828
13829 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13830 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13831
13832 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13833 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13834 different list. For example,
13835
13836 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13837 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13838
13839 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13840 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13841
13842 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13843 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13844 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13845 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13846 of a holiday list.
13847
13848 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13849
13850 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13851
13852 ;;;***
13853 \f
13854 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13855 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17843 45625))
13856 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13857
13858 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13859 This function is obsolete.
13860 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13861 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13862
13863 \(fn)" nil nil)
13864
13865 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13866 This function is obsolete.
13867 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13868 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13869
13870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13873 This function is obsolete.
13874 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13875 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13876
13877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13878
13879 ;;;***
13880 \f
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17843
13882 ;;;;;; 45617))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13884
13885 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13886 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13887
13888 \(fn)" t nil)
13889
13890 ;;;***
13891 \f
13892 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13896 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13897 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13898 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13899 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13900 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13901 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13902 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13903 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13905 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13906 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13907 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13908 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17843 45610))
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13916
13917 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13918 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13919 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13920
13921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13922
13923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13925
13926 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13927
13928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13930
13931 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13932
13933 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13934 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13935
13936 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13937
13938 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13939 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13940
13941 \(fn)" t nil)
13942
13943 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13944 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13945
13946 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13947
13948 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13949 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13950
13951 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13955 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13956 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13957 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13958 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13959 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13960 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13961 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13963
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Not documented
13966
13967 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13971
13972 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13976
13977 \(fn)" t nil)
13978
13979 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13980 Remove the first filter group.
13981
13982 \(fn)" t nil)
13983
13984 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13985 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13986
13987 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13988
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Remove all filter groups.
13991
13992 \(fn)" t nil)
13993
13994 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13996
13997 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13998
13999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14001 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14002
14003 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14004
14005 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14006 Kill the filter group at point.
14007 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14008
14009 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14013
14014 \(fn)" t nil)
14015
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14018
14019 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14023 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14024 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14025
14026 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14027
14028 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14030 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14031
14032 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14033
14034 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14035 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14036 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14037 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14038 of replacing the current filters.
14039
14040 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14041
14042 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14044
14045 \(fn)" t nil)
14046
14047 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14049
14050 \(fn)" t nil)
14051
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14054
14055 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14056 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14057 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14058
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14060
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14063
14064 \(fn)" t nil)
14065
14066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14067 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14068
14069 \(fn)" t nil)
14070
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14073 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14074 filter into parts.
14075
14076 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14080 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14081
14082 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14083
14084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14085 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14086
14087 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14088
14089 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14090 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14091
14092 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14093
14094 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14096 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14097 of replacing the current filters.
14098
14099 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14101 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14102 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14103 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14107 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14108
14109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14111 Default sorting modes are:
14112 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14113 Name - the name of the buffer
14114 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14115 Size - the size of the buffer
14116
14117 \(fn)" t nil)
14118
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14121
14122 \(fn)" t nil)
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14124 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14125 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14126 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14127
14128 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14129 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14130
14131 \(fn)" t nil)
14132
14133 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14134 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14135 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14136 for this Ibuffer session.
14137
14138 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14139
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14142 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14143 for this Ibuffer session.
14144
14145 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14146
14147 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14148 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14149
14150 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14151 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14152
14153 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14154 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14155
14156 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14157
14158 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14159 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14160
14161 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14162 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14163
14164 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14165
14166 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14167 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14168
14169 \(fn)" t nil)
14170
14171 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14172 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14173
14174 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14175 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14176 hidden group filter, open it.
14177
14178 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14179 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14180 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14181
14182 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14183
14184 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14185 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14186 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14187
14188 \(fn)" t nil)
14189
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14192
14193 The names are separated by a space.
14194 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14195
14196 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14197 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14198 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14199 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14200
14201 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14202
14203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14204
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14207
14208 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14209
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14212
14213 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14214
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14217
14218 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14219
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14222
14223 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark all modified buffers.
14227
14228 \(fn)" t nil)
14229
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14232
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14237
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14242
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14247
14248 \(fn)" t nil)
14249
14250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14252
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14254
14255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14256 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14257
14258 \(fn)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 Mark all read-only buffers.
14262
14263 \(fn)" t nil)
14264
14265 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14266 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14267
14268 \(fn)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14271 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14272 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14273 defaults to one.
14274
14275 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14276
14277 ;;;***
14278 \f
14279 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14280 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17843
14281 ;;;;;; 45610))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14283
14284 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14285 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14286
14287 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14288 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14289 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14290
14291 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14292 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14293 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14294 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14295 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14296 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14297
14298 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14299 title of the column.
14300
14301 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14302 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14303 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14304 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14305 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14306
14307 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14308
14309 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14310 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14311 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14312 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14313 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14314
14315 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14316 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14317 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14318
14319 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14320
14321 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14322 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14323 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14324 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14325 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14326 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14327
14328 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14329 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14330 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14331 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14332 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14333 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14334 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14335 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14336 values are:
14337 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14338 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14339 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14340 buffer's modification flag.
14341 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14342 prompted before performing this operation.
14343 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14344 operation is complete, in the form:
14345 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14346 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14347 confirmation message, in the form:
14348 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14349 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14350 macro for exactly what it does.
14351
14352 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14353
14354 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14355 Define a filter named NAME.
14356 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14357 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14358 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14359
14360 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14361 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14362 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14363 bound to the current value of the filter.
14364
14365 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14366
14367 ;;;***
14368 \f
14369 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14370 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17843 45610))
14371 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14372
14373 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14374 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14375 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14376 buffers which are visiting a file.
14377
14378 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14379
14380 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14381 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14382 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14383 buffers which are visiting a file.
14384
14385 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14386
14387 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14388 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14389 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14390
14391 All arguments are optional.
14392 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14393 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14394 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14395 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14396 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14397 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14398 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14399 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14400 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14401 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14402 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14403 that value locally in this buffer.
14404
14405 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14406
14407 ;;;***
14408 \f
14409 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14410 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14411 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17843 45615))
14412 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14413
14414 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14415 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14416 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14417 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14418
14419 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14420
14421 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14422 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14423 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14424 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14425 ICAL-FILENAME.
14426 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14427 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14428 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14429
14430 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14433 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14434 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14435 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14436 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14437 non-marking or not.
14438
14439 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14440
14441 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14442 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14443
14444 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14445 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14446 DIARY-FILE.
14447
14448 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14449 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14450 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14451
14452 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14453 non-marking.
14454
14455 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14456 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14457 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14458
14459 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14460
14461 ;;;***
14462 \f
14463 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17843
14464 ;;;;;; 45610))
14465 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14466
14467 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14468 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14469 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14470 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14471 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14472 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14473
14474 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14475
14476 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14477 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14478 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14479
14480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14481
14482 ;;;***
14483 \f
14484 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17843 45628))
14485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14486
14487 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14488 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14489 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14490 Tab indents for Icon code.
14491 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14492 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14493 \\{icon-mode-map}
14494 Variables controlling indentation style:
14495 icon-tab-always-indent
14496 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14497 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14498 icon-auto-newline
14499 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14500 inserted in Icon code.
14501 icon-indent-level
14502 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14503 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14504 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14505 icon-continued-statement-offset
14506 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14507 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14508 icon-continued-brace-offset
14509 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14510 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14511 icon-brace-offset
14512 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14513 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14514 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14515 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14516
14517 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14518 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14519
14520 \(fn)" t nil)
14521
14522 ;;;***
14523 \f
14524 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14525 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
14526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14527
14528 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14529 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14530 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14531 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14532
14533 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14534 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14535 separate frames.
14536
14537 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14538 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14539
14540 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14541 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14542 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14543
14544 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14545
14546 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14547
14548 ;;;***
14549 \f
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14551 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14553
14554 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14555 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14556
14557 The main features of this mode are
14558
14559 1. Indentation and Formatting
14560 --------------------------
14561 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14562 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14563
14564 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14565 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14566 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14567 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14568
14569 Comments are indented as follows:
14570
14571 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14572 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14573 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14574
14575 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14576
14577 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14578 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14579 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14580 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14581 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14582 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14583
14584 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14585 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14586 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14587 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14588
14589 2. Routine Info
14590 ------------
14591 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14592 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14593 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14594 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14595 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14596 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14597 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14598 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14599 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14600 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14601
14602 3. Online IDL Help
14603 ---------------
14604
14605 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14606 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14607 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14608 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14609
14610 4. Completion
14611 ----------
14612 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14613 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14614 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14615 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14616 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14617 upper case.
14618
14619 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14620 --------------------------------
14621 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14622 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14623
14624 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14625 \\fu FUNCTION template
14626 \\c CASE statement template
14627 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14628 \\f FOR loop template
14629 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14630 \\w WHILE loop template
14631 \\i IF statement template
14632 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14633 \\b BEGIN
14634
14635 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14636 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14637
14638 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14639 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14640 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14641 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14642
14643 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14644 -------------------------
14645 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14646 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14647
14648 7. Automatic END completion
14649 ------------------------
14650 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14651 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14652
14653 8. Hooks
14654 -----
14655 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14656 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14657
14658 9. Documentation and Customization
14659 -------------------------------
14660 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14661 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14662 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14663 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14664 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14665
14666 10.Keybindings
14667 -----------
14668 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14669 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14670 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14671
14672 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14673
14674 \(fn)" t nil)
14675 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14676
14677 ;;;***
14678 \f
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14680 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14681 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14682 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14683 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14684 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14685 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14686 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17845
14687 ;;;;;; 22160))
14688 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14689
14690 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14691 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14692 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14693 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14694 displaying...)
14695 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14696 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14697 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14698
14699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14700 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14701
14702 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14703
14704 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14705 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14706 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14707 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14708 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14709 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14710 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14711 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14712 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14713
14714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14715
14716 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14717 Switch to another buffer.
14718 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14719 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14720 in another frame.
14721
14722 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14723 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14724 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14725 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14726 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14727
14728 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14729 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14730
14731 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14732 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14733
14734 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14735 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14736 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14737 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14738 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14739 in a separate window.
14740 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14741 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14742 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14743 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14744 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14745 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14746 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14747 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14753 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14754 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14760 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14761 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14763
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14767 Kill a buffer.
14768 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14770
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14774 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14775 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14777
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14781 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14782 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14783 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14784
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14786
14787 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14788 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14789
14790 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14791
14792 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14793 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14794 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14795 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14796 visible in another frame.
14797
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14799 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14800 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14801 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14802 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14803 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14804
14805 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14806 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14807
14808 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14809 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14810
14811 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14812 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14813 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14814 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14815 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14816 in a separate window.
14817 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14818 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14819 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14820 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14821 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14822 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14823 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14824 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14825 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14826 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14827 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14828 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14829 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14830 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14831 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14836 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14837 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14838 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14839
14840 \(fn)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14843 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14845 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14846
14847 \(fn)" t nil)
14848
14849 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14850 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14851 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14852 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14853
14854 \(fn)" t nil)
14855
14856 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14857 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14858 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14859 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14860
14861 \(fn)" t nil)
14862
14863 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14864 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14865 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14866 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14867
14868 \(fn)" t nil)
14869
14870 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14871 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14872 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14873 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14874
14875 \(fn)" t nil)
14876
14877 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14878 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14879 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14880 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14881
14882 \(fn)" t nil)
14883
14884 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14885 Write current buffer to a file.
14886 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14887 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14888
14889 \(fn)" t nil)
14890
14891 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14892 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14893 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14894 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14895
14896 \(fn)" t nil)
14897
14898 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14899 Call `dired' the ido way.
14900 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14901 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14902
14903 \(fn)" t nil)
14904
14905 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14906 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14907 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14908 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14909 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14910 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14911
14912 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14913
14914 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14915 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14916 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14917 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14918
14919 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14920
14921 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14922 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14923 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14924 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14925
14926 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14927
14928 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14929 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14930 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14932 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14933 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14934 with `completing-read'.
14935 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14936 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14937 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14938 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14939 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14940 with point positioned at the end.
14941 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14942 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14943
14944 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14945
14946 ;;;***
14947 \f
14948 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17843 45610))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14950 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14951
14952 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14953 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14954 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14955
14956 \(fn)" t nil)
14957
14958 ;;;***
14959 \f
14960 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14961 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
14962 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14963
14964 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14965 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14966
14967 \(fn)" t nil)
14968
14969 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14970 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14971
14972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14973
14974 ;;;***
14975 \f
14976 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14977 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14978 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14979 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14980 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17843 45610))
14981 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14982
14983 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14984 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14985 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14986 be determined.
14987
14988 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14989
14990 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14991 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14992 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14993 be determined.
14994
14995 \(fn)" nil nil)
14996
14997 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14998 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14999 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15000 be determined.
15001
15002 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15003
15004 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15005 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15006 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15007 be determined.
15008
15009 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15010
15011 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15012 Determine and return image type.
15013 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15014 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15015 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15016 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15017 use its file extension as image type.
15018 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15019
15020 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15021
15022 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15023 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15024 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15025
15026 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15027
15028 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15029 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15030 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15031 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15032
15033 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15034
15035 \(fn)" nil nil)
15036
15037 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15038 Create an image.
15039 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15040 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15041 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15042 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15043 use its file extension as image type.
15044 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15045 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15046 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15047 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15048
15049 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15050
15051 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15052
15053 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15054 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15055 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15056 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15057 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15058 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15059 POS may be an integer or marker.
15060 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15061 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15062 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15063 means display it in the right marginal area.
15064
15065 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15066
15067 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15068 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15069 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15070 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15071 defaulted if you omit it.
15072 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15073 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15074 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15075 means display it in the right marginal area.
15076 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15077 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15078 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15079 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15080 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15081
15082 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15083
15084 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15085 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15086 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15087 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15088 defaulted if you omit it.
15089 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15090 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15091 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15092 means display it in the right marginal area.
15093 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15094
15095 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15096
15097 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15098 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15099 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15100 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15101
15102 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15103
15104 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15105 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15106
15107 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15108
15109 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15110 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15111 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15112 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15113 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15114 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15115 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15116 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15117 satisfied.
15118
15119 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15120
15121 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15122
15123 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15124
15125 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15126 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15127
15128 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15129 documentation string.
15130
15131 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15132 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15133 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15134 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15135 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15136 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15137 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15138 define SYMBOL.
15139
15140 Example:
15141
15142 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15143 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15144
15145 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15146
15147 ;;;***
15148 \f
15149 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15150 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15151 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17843 45610))
15152 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15153
15154 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15155 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15156 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15157 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15158
15159 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15160 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15161 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15162 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15163
15164 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15165
15166 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15167 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15168 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15169 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15170
15171 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15172 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15173 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15174 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15175
15176 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15177
15178 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15179 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15180
15181 \(fn)" nil nil)
15182
15183 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15184 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15185 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15186 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15187
15188 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15189
15190 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15191 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15192 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15195 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15196
15197 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15198
15199 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15200 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15201 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15202 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15203
15204 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15205 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15206 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15207
15208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15209
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15213 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17843 45610))
15214 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15215 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15216 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15217 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15218 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15219 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15220 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15221
15222 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15223 Major mode for image files.
15224 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15225 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15226
15227 \(fn)" t nil)
15228
15229 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15230 Toggle Image minor mode.
15231 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15232 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15233
15234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15237 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15238 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15239 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15240 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15241 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15242
15243 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15244 information on these modes.
15245
15246 \(fn)" t nil)
15247
15248 ;;;***
15249 \f
15250 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15251 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17843 45610))
15252 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15253
15254 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15255 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15256
15257 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15258
15259 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15260 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15261 in the buffer.
15262
15263 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15264
15265 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15266 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15267 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15268
15269 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15270
15271 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15272 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15273
15274 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15275 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15276 pattern's structure.
15277
15278 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15279 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15280 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15281 during matching.")
15282
15283 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15284
15285 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15286 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15287
15288 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15289 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15290 called within a `save-excursion'.
15291
15292 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15293
15294 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15295
15296 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15297 Function for finding the next index position.
15298
15299 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15300 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15301 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15302 file.
15303
15304 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15305 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15306
15307 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15308
15309 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15310 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15311
15312 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15313 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15314 It should return the name for that index item.")
15315
15316 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15317
15318 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15319 Function to compare string with index item.
15320
15321 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15322 non-nil if they match.
15323
15324 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15325 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15326 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15327 arguments match\".")
15328
15329 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15330
15331 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15332 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15333 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15334
15335 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15336
15337 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15338
15339 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15340
15341 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15342 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15343 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15344 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15345
15346 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15349 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15350
15351 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15352
15353 \(fn)" t nil)
15354
15355 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15356 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15357 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15358 for more information.
15359
15360 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15361
15362 ;;;***
15363 \f
15364 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15365 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15366 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17843 45620))
15367 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15368
15369 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15370 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15371
15372 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15373
15374 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15375 Not documented
15376
15377 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15378
15379 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15380 Not documented
15381
15382 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15383
15384 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15385 Not documented
15386
15387 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15388
15389 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15390 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15391 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15392 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15393 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15394
15395 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15396
15397 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15398 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15399 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15400 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15401 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15402
15403 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15404
15405 ;;;***
15406 \f
15407 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15408 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15409 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17843 45628))
15410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15411
15412 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15413 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15414 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15415 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15416 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15417
15418 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15419
15420 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15421 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15422
15423 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15424
15425 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15426 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15427 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15428 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15429 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15430 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15431 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15432 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15433
15434 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15435
15436 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15437 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15438 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15439 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15440 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15441
15442 This variable is only used if the variable
15443 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15444
15445 More precise choices:
15446 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15447 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15448 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15449
15450 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15451
15452 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15453
15454 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15455 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15456
15457 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15458 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15459 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15460 to that buffer.
15461 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15462 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15463 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15465
15466 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15467 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15468
15469 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15470
15471 ;;;***
15472 \f
15473 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15474 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15475 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15476 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17843 45610))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15478
15479 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15480 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15481
15482 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15483 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15484 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15485
15486 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15487 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15488 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15489 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15490 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15491 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15492 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15493 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15494 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15495 with the top-level Info directory.
15496
15497 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15498 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15499 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15500 appended to the Info buffer name.
15501
15502 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15503 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15504 in all the directories in that path.
15505
15506 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15507
15508 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15509 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15510
15511 \(fn)" t nil)
15512
15513 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15514 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15515 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15516 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15517
15518 \(fn)" nil nil)
15519
15520 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15521 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15522 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15523 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15524
15525 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15526
15527 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15528 Go to the Info directory node.
15529
15530 \(fn)" t nil)
15531
15532 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15533 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15534 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15535 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15536 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15537 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15538
15539 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15540
15541 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15542 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15543 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15544
15545 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15546
15547 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15548 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15549 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15550 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15551 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15552
15553 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15554 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15555
15556 Selecting other nodes:
15557 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15558 Follow a node reference you click on.
15559 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15560 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15561 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15562 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15563 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15564 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15565 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15566 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15567 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15568 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15569 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15570 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15571 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15572 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15573 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15574 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15575 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15576 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15577 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15578 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15579
15580 Moving within a node:
15581 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15582 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15583 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15584 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15585 move up to the parent node.
15586 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15587 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15588 if there is none.
15589 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15590
15591 Advanced commands:
15592 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15593 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15594 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15595 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15596 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15597 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15598 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15599 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15600 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15601 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15602 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15603 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15604 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15605 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15606 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15607 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15608
15609 \(fn)" nil nil)
15610 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15611
15612 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15613 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15614 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15615 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15616 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15617 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15618
15619 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15620 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15621
15622 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15623 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15624 KEY is a string.
15625 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15626 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15627 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15628 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15629
15630 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15631
15632 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15633 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15634 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15635
15636 \(fn)" t nil)
15637
15638 ;;;***
15639 \f
15640 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15641 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15642 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15644
15645 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15646 Throw away all cached data.
15647 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15648 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15649 system.
15650
15651 \(fn)" t nil)
15652 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15653
15654 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15655 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15656 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15657 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15658 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15659 one found at point.
15660
15661 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15662
15663 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15664 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15665
15666 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15667 Display the documentation of a file.
15668 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15669 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15670 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15671 The default file name is the one found at point.
15672
15673 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15674
15675 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15676
15677 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15678 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15679
15680 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15681
15682 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15683 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15684
15685 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15686
15687 ;;;***
15688 \f
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15690 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17843 45610))
15691 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15692
15693 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15694 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15695
15696 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15699 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15700 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15701
15702 \(fn)" t nil)
15703
15704 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15705 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15706 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15707
15708 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15709 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15710 quite a while.
15711
15712 \(fn)" t nil)
15713
15714 ;;;***
15715 \f
15716 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15717 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17843 45610))
15718 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15719
15720 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15721 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15722
15723 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15724
15725 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15726 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15727 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15728
15729 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15730 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15731 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15732
15733 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15734 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15735 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15736 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15737
15738 \(fn)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15741 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15742 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15743
15744 \(fn)" t nil)
15745
15746 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15747 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15748 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15749 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15750 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15751
15752 \(fn)" nil nil)
15753
15754 ;;;***
15755 \f
15756 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15757 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15758 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
15759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15760
15761 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15762 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15763
15764 \(fn)" t nil)
15765
15766 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15767 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15768
15769 \(fn)" t nil)
15770
15771 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15772 Not documented
15773
15774 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15775
15776 ;;;***
15777 \f
15778 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17843
15779 ;;;;;; 45610))
15780 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15781
15782 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15783 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15784 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15785 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15786 accessed via isearchb.
15787
15788 \(fn)" t nil)
15789
15790 ;;;***
15791 \f
15792 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15793 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15795
15796 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15797 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15798 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15799 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15800 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15801 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15802
15803 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15804 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15805
15806 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15807 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15808 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15809 \"s gives German sharp s.
15810 /a gives a with ring.
15811 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15812 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15813 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15814 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15815
15816 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15817 and a negative argument disables it.
15818
15819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15820
15821 ;;;***
15822 \f
15823 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15824 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15825 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15826 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17843 45618))
15827 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15828
15829 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15830 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15831 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15832 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15833
15834 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15835
15836 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15837 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15840
15841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15842
15843 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15844 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15847
15848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15849
15850 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15851 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15854
15855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15856
15857 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15858 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15861
15862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15863
15864 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15865 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15866 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15868
15869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15870
15871 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15872 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15873 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15875
15876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15877
15878 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15879 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15880 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15881 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15882
15883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15884
15885 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15886 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15887 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15889
15890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15891
15892 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15893 Warn that format is read-only.
15894
15895 \(fn)" t nil)
15896
15897 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15898 Warn that format is write-only.
15899
15900 \(fn)" t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15903 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 ;;;***
15908 \f
15909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15910 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
15911 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15912 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15913 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15914 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15915
15916 ;;;***
15917 \f
15918 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15919 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15920 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15921 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15922 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15923 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15925 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15926
15927 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15928 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15929 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15930 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15931
15932 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15933 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15934
15935 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15936 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15937 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15938
15939 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15940 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15941 re-start Emacs.")
15942
15943 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15944
15945 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15946
15947 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15948
15949 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15950
15951 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15952
15953 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15954
15955 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15956
15957 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15958 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15959
15960 Each element of this list is also a list:
15961
15962 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15963 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15964
15965 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15966 nil means the default dictionary.
15967
15968 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15969 word.
15970
15971 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15972
15973 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15974 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15975 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15976 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15977 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15978 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15979 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15980 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15981 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15982
15983 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15984 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15985 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15986 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15987 for non-ASCII bytes.
15988
15989 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15990 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15991 single word.
15992
15993 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15994 subprocess.
15995
15996 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15997 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15998 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15999 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16000 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16001 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16002 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16003 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16004
16005 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16006
16007 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16008 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16009 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16010
16011 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16012 Key map for ispell menu.")
16013
16014 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16015 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16016 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16017 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16018
16019 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16020
16021 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16022
16023 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16024
16025 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16026
16027 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16028 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16029 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16030 Valid forms include:
16031 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16032 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16033 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16034 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16035
16036 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16037 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16038 First list is used raw.
16039 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16040
16041 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16042 for skipping in latex mode.")
16043
16044 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16045 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16046 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16047 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16048 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16049 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16050
16051 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16052 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16053 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16054 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16055
16056 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16057 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16058 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16059 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16060 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16061
16062 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16063 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16064
16065 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16066 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16067
16068 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16069 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16070
16071 return values:
16072 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16073 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16074 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16075 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16076 quit spell session exited.
16077
16078 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16079
16080 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16081 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16082 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16083
16084 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16085
16086 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16087 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16088
16089 Selections are:
16090
16091 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16092 SPC: Accept word this time.
16093 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16094 `a': Accept word for this session.
16095 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16096 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16097 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16098 `?': Show these commands.
16099 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16100 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16101 the aborted check to be completed later.
16102 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16103 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16104 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16105 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16106 `C-l': redraws screen
16107 `C-r': recursive edit
16108 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
16109
16110 \(fn)" nil nil)
16111
16112 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16113 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16114 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16115
16116 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16117
16118 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16119 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16120 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16121 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16122
16123 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16124
16125 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16126
16127 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16128 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16129 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16130 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16131
16132 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16135 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16136
16137 \(fn)" t nil)
16138
16139 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16140 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16141
16142 \(fn)" t nil)
16143
16144 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16145 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16146
16147 \(fn)" t nil)
16148
16149 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16150 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16151 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16152 sequence inside of a word.
16153
16154 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16155
16156 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16159 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16160
16161 \(fn)" t nil)
16162
16163 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16164 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16165 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16166 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16167
16168 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16169 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16170 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16171 available on the net.
16172
16173 \(fn)" t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16176 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16177 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16178
16179 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16180 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16181
16182 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16183 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16184
16185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16186
16187 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16188 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16189 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16190 Don't check included messages.
16191
16192 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16193 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16194 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16195
16196 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16197 in your .emacs file:
16198 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16199 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16200 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16201 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16202
16203 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16204 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16205 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16206
16207 \(fn)" t nil)
16208
16209 ;;;***
16210 \f
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17827
16212 ;;;;;; 37446))
16213 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16214
16215 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16216 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16217 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16220 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16221
16222 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16223
16224 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16225 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16226 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16227 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16228 `iswitchb' for details.
16229
16230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16231
16232 ;;;***
16233 \f
16234 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16235 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16236 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16237 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17843 45620))
16238 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16239
16240 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16241 Not documented
16242
16243 \(fn)" nil nil)
16244
16245 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16246 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16247 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16248 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16249 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16250 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16251 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16252 necessary to represent OBJ.
16253
16254 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16255
16256 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16257 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16258 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16259 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16260
16261 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16262
16263 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16264 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16265 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16266 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16267 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16268
16269 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16270
16271 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16272 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16273 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16274 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16275
16276 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16277
16278 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16279 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16280 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16281 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16282
16283 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16284
16285 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16286 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16287
16288 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16291 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16292 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16293 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16294 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16295
16296 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16297
16298 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16299 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16300 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16301 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16302 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16303
16304 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16305
16306 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16307 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16308 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16309
16310 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16311
16312 ;;;***
16313 \f
16314 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16315 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17843 45610))
16316 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16317
16318 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16319 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16320 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16321 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16322
16323 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16324 Not documented
16325
16326 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16327
16328 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16329 Uninstall jka-compr.
16330 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16331 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16332 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16333
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335
16336 ;;;***
16337 \f
16338 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16339 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16340 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16342
16343 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16344 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16345 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16346 decimal key must be specified.")
16347
16348 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16349
16350 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16351 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16352 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16353 decimal key must be specified.")
16354
16355 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16356
16357 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16358 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16359 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16360 decimal key must be specified.")
16361
16362 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16363
16364 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16365 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16366 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16367 decimal key must be specified.")
16368
16369 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16370
16371 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16372 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16373 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16374 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16375 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16376 keys are bound.
16377
16378 Setup Binding
16379 -------------------------------------------------------------
16380 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16381 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16382 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16383 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16384 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16385 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16386 in the global and local keymaps.
16387
16388 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16389 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16390
16391 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16392
16393 ;;;***
16394 \f
16395 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16396 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16398
16399 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16400 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16401 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16402
16403 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16404 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16405 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16406 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16407 shorter.
16408
16409 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16410 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16411 the context of text formatting.
16412
16413 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16414
16415 ;;;***
16416 \f
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17843
16418 ;;;;;; 45618))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16420
16421 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16422 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16423 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16424 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16425 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16426 positions that contains the current selection.")
16427
16428 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16429 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16430 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16431 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16432 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16433 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16434 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16435
16436 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16437
16438 ;;;***
16439 \f
16440 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16441 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16442 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16443 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17838 18033))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16445 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16446 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16447 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16448 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16449 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16450 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16451 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16452
16453 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16454 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16455 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16456 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16457 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16458
16459 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16460
16461 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16462 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16463 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16464
16465 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16466 defining the macro.
16467
16468 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16469 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16470 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16471
16472 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16473 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16474
16475 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16476
16477 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16478 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16479 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16480 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16481 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16482 under that name.
16483
16484 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16485 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16486 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16487
16488 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16489
16490 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16491 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16492 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16493
16494 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16495 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16496 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16497 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16498
16499 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16500 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16501
16502 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16503
16504 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16505 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16506 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16507
16508 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16509 macro.
16510
16511 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16512 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16513
16514 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16515 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16516 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16517
16518 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16519 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16520
16521 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16522
16523 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16524 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16525 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16526 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16527
16528 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16529
16530 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16531 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16532 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16533 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16534
16535 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16536 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16537
16538 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16539
16540 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16541 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16542 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16543
16544 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16545
16546 ;;;***
16547 \f
16548 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16549 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16550 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16552
16553 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16554
16555 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16556 Not documented
16557
16558 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16559
16560 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16561 Not documented
16562
16563 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16564
16565 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16566 Not documented
16567
16568 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16569
16570 ;;;***
16571 \f
16572 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16573 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17843 45620))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16575
16576 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16577 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16578 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16579
16580 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16581 Not documented
16582
16583 \(fn)" nil nil)
16584
16585 ;;;***
16586 \f
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16588 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16590
16591 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16592
16593 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16594 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16595
16596 \(fn)" t nil)
16597
16598 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16599
16600 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16601 Start or resume an Lm game.
16602 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16603 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16604
16605 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16606 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16607 none / 1 | yes | no
16608 2 | yes | yes
16609 3 | no | yes
16610 4 | no | no
16611
16612 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16613 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16614 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16615
16616 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16617
16618 ;;;***
16619 \f
16620 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16621 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16622 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17843
16623 ;;;;;; 45620))
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16625
16626 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16627 Not documented
16628
16629 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16630
16631 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16632 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16633 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16634 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16635 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16636 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16637
16638 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16639 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16640
16641 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16642
16643 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16644 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16645
16646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16647
16648 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16649 Not documented
16650
16651 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16652
16653 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16654 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16655 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16656 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16657 to compose.
16658
16659 The return value is number of composed characters.
16660
16661 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16662
16663 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16664 Not documented
16665
16666 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16667
16668 ;;;***
16669 \f
16670 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16671 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16672 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17843 45618))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16674
16675 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16676 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16677 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16678 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16679
16680 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16681
16682 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16683 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16684 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16685
16686 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16687
16688 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16689 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16690 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16691
16692 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16693
16694 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16695 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16696 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16697 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16698
16699 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16700
16701 ;;;***
16702 \f
16703 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16704 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17843 45619))
16705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16706
16707 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16708 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16709 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16710 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16711 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16712 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16713 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16714 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16715
16716 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16717 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16718
16719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16720 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16721
16722 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16723
16724 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16725 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16726 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16727 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16728 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16729 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16730 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16731 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16732
16733 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16734
16735 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16736 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16737 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16738 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16739
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16741 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16742
16743 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16744
16745 ;;;***
16746 \f
16747 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16748 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17843 45625))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16750
16751 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16752 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16753 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16754 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16755
16756 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16757
16758 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16759 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16760 JIT Lock's favor.
16761
16762 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16763
16764 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16765 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16766 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16767 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16768 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16769 for large buffers.
16770
16771 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16772 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16773 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16774 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16775 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16776
16777 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16778 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16779 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16780 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16781 slow to keep up with your typing.
16782
16783 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16784 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16785 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16786 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16787 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16788 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16789
16790 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16791 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16792 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16793 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16794
16795 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16796 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16797 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16798 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16799
16800 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16801 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16802 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16803 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16804 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16805
16806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16807
16808 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16809 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16810
16811 \(fn)" nil nil)
16812
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16816 ;;;;;; (17843 45628))
16817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16818
16819 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16820
16821 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16822
16823 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16824 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16825
16826 \(fn)" t nil)
16827
16828 ;;;***
16829 \f
16830 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16831 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
16832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16833
16834 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16835 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16836
16837 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16838 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16839
16840 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16841 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16842
16843 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16844 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16845 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16846 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16847 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16848 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16849 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16850 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16851 and transmit saved text.
16852
16853 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16854 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16855 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16856
16857 \(fn)" t nil)
16858
16859 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16860 Not documented
16861
16862 \(fn)" nil nil)
16863
16864 ;;;***
16865 \f
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17843 45626))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16868
16869 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16870 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16871 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16872 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16873 generations (this defaults to 1).
16874
16875 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16876
16877 ;;;***
16878 \f
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17843
16880 ;;;;;; 45610))
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16882
16883 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16884 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16885 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16886 is nil, raise an error.
16887
16888 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16889 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16890 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16891 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16892 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16893 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16894 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16895 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16896 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16897
16898 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16899
16900 ;;;***
16901 \f
16902 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16903 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17843 45610))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16905
16906 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16907 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16908 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16909
16910 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16911
16912 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16913 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16914 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16915 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16916
16917 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16918 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16919 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16920 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16921 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16922 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16923 the version.)
16924
16925 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16926 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16927
16928 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16929 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16930
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16932
16933 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16934 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16935 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16936 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16937 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16938 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16939 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16940 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16941 to constrain a big search.
16942
16943 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16944 except that FILTER is not optional.
16945
16946 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16947
16948 ;;;***
16949 \f
16950 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17843 45610))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16952
16953 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16954 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16955 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16956 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16957 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16958 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16959 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16960 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16961 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16962 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16963 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16964 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16965 uses the current buffer.
16966
16967 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16968
16969 ;;;***
16970 \f
16971 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17843
16972 ;;;;;; 45610))
16973 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16974
16975 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16976 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16977
16978 \(fn)" t nil)
16979
16980 ;;;***
16981 \f
16982 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17843
16983 ;;;;;; 45610))
16984 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16985
16986 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16987 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16988 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16989 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16990 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16991
16992 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16993 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16994 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16995
16996 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16997 are indicated with a symbol.
16998
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17000
17001 ;;;***
17002 \f
17003 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17004 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17843
17005 ;;;;;; 45610))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17007
17008 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17009
17010 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17011
17012 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17013 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17014 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17015
17016 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17017 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17018
17019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17020 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17021 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17022 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17023 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17024 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17025 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17026
17027 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17028
17029 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17030 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17031 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17032 switch on this list.
17033 See `lpr-command'.")
17034
17035 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17036
17037 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17038 *Name of program for printing a file.
17039
17040 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17041 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17042 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17043 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17044 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17045 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17046 argument.")
17047
17048 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17049
17050 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17051 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for customization of the printer command.
17054
17055 \(fn)" t nil)
17056
17057 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17058 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17059
17060 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17061 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17062 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17063 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17064
17065 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17066 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17067
17068 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17069 for further customization of the printer command.
17070
17071 \(fn)" t nil)
17072
17073 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17074 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17075 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17076 for customization of the printer command.
17077
17078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17079
17080 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17081 Paginate and print the region contents.
17082
17083 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17084 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17085 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17086 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17087
17088 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17089 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17090
17091 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17092 for further customization of the printer command.
17093
17094 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17095
17096 ;;;***
17097 \f
17098 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17099 ;;;;;; (17843 45610))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17101
17102 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17103 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17104 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17105
17106 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17107
17108 ;;;***
17109 \f
17110 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17843
17111 ;;;;;; 45615))
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17113
17114 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17115 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17116 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17117
17118 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17119
17120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17121
17122 ;;;***
17123 \f
17124 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17843
17125 ;;;;;; 45628))
17126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17127
17128 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17129 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17130 \\{m4-mode-map}
17131
17132 \(fn)" t nil)
17133
17134 ;;;***
17135 \f
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17137 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
17138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17139
17140 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17141 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17142 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17143 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17144 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17145
17146 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17147
17148 ;;;***
17149 \f
17150 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17151 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17843 45611))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17153
17154 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17155 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17156 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17157 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17158 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17159
17160 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17161
17162 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17163 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17164 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17165 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17166
17167 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17168 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17169 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17170 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17171 bindings.
17172
17173 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17174 use this command, and then save the file.
17175
17176 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17179 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17180 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17181 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17182 each time the macro executes.
17183 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17184 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17185 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17186 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17187 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17188 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17189 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17190
17191 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17192
17193 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17194 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17195 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17196 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17197
17198 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17199 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17200 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17201 execute.
17202
17203 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17204 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17205
17206 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17207 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17208 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17209 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17210 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17211
17212 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17213 looked like this:
17214
17215 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17216 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17217 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17218
17219 You could enter the names in this format:
17220
17221 foo
17222 bar
17223 baz
17224
17225 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17226
17227 \\C-x (
17228 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17229 \\C-x )
17230
17231 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17232 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17233
17234 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17235 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17236
17237 ;;;***
17238 \f
17239 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17240 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17843 45621))
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17242
17243 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17244 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17245 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17246 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17247 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17248 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17249
17250 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17251 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17252 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17253 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17254 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17255
17256 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17257 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17258 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17259 consing a string.)
17260
17261 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17262
17263 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17264 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17265
17266 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17267
17268 ;;;***
17269 \f
17270 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17271 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17272 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17273 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17274
17275 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17276 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17277
17278 \(fn)" nil nil)
17279
17280 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17281 Not documented
17282
17283 \(fn)" nil nil)
17284
17285 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17286 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17287
17288 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17289
17290 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17291 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17292 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17293 message.
17294
17295 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17296
17297 \(fn)" nil nil)
17298
17299 ;;;***
17300 \f
17301 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17302 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17303 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17843
17304 ;;;;;; 45621))
17305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17306
17307 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17308 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17309 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17310 often correct parser.")
17311
17312 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17313
17314 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17315 Not documented
17316
17317 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17320 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17323
17324 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17325
17326 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17327 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17329 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17330
17331 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17332
17333 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17334 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17335 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17336 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17337 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17338 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17339 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17340 as Rmail does.
17341
17342 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17343
17344 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17345 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17346 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17347 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17348 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17349 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17350
17351 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17352
17353 ;;;***
17354 \f
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17356 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17843 45621))
17357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17358
17359 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17360 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17361
17362 \(fn)" nil nil)
17363
17364 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17365 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17366 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17367
17368 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17369
17370 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17371 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17372 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17373
17374 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17375
17376 ;;;***
17377 \f
17378 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17379 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17843
17380 ;;;;;; 45621))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17382
17383 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17384 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17385 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17386 king@grassland.com
17387 If `parens', they look like:
17388 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17389 If `angles', they look like:
17390 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17391
17392 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17393
17394 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17395 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17396 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17397 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17398 their `Resent-' variants.
17399
17400 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17401 removed from alias expansions.
17402
17403 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17404
17405 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17406 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17407 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17408
17409 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17410 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17411 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17412 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17413
17414 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17415
17416 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17417 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17418 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17419 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17420
17421 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17422
17423 ;;;***
17424 \f
17425 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17426 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17428
17429 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17430 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17431 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17432 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17433
17434 \(fn)" nil nil)
17435
17436 ;;;***
17437 \f
17438 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17439 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17440 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17843 45628))
17441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17442
17443 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17444 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17445
17446 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17447 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17448 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17449 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17450 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17451 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17452
17453 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17454 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17455 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17456 dependency, despite the colon.
17457
17458 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17459
17460 In the browser, use the following keys:
17461
17462 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17463
17464 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17465
17466 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17467 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17468
17469 `makefile-target-colon':
17470 The string that gets appended to all target names
17471 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17472 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17473
17474 `makefile-macro-assign':
17475 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17476 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17477 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17478 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17479 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17480 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17481
17482 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17483 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17484 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17485
17486 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17487 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17488
17489 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17490 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17491 up or down in the browser.
17492
17493 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17494 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17495
17496 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17497 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17498
17499 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17500 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17501 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17502 has been selected in the browser.
17503
17504 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17505 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17506 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17507 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17508 filenames are omitted.
17509
17510 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17511 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17512 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17513 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17514 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17515 the backslash itself intact.
17516 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17517 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17518
17519 `makefile-browser-hook':
17520 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17521 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17522
17523 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17524 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17525 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17526 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17527
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17529
17530 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17531 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17532
17533 \(fn)" t nil)
17534
17535 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17536 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17537
17538 \(fn)" t nil)
17539
17540 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17541 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17542
17543 \(fn)" t nil)
17544
17545 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17546 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17547
17548 \(fn)" t nil)
17549
17550 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17551 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17552
17553 \(fn)" t nil)
17554
17555 ;;;***
17556 \f
17557 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17843
17558 ;;;;;; 45611))
17559 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17560
17561 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17562 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17563 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17564
17565 \(fn)" t nil)
17566
17567 ;;;***
17568 \f
17569 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17843 45611))
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17571
17572 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17573
17574 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17575 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17576 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17577 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17578 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17579 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17580 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17581
17582 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17583 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17584 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17585 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17586
17587 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17588
17589 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17590 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17591
17592 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17593
17594 ;;;***
17595 \f
17596 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17843 45611))
17597 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17598
17599 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17600 Toggle Master mode.
17601 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17602 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17603 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17604
17605 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17606 following commands:
17607
17608 \\{master-mode-map}
17609
17610 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17611 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17612 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17613
17614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17615
17616 ;;;***
17617 \f
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17843
17619 ;;;;;; 45611))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17621
17622 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17623
17624 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17625 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17626 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17629 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17630
17631 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17632
17633 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17634 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17635 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17636 created in the future.
17637 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17638 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17639
17640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17641
17642 ;;;***
17643 \f
17644 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17645 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17646 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17647 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17648 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17649 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17650 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17651 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17652 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17653 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17654 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17843 45617))
17655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17656
17657 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17658 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17659
17660 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17661 king@grassland.com
17662 If `parens', they look like:
17663 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17664 If `angles', they look like:
17665 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17666
17667 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17668 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17669
17670 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17671
17672 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17673 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17674
17675 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17676
17677 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17678 *Local news organization file.")
17679
17680 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17681
17682 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17683 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17684 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17685 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17686
17687 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17688 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17689 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17690
17691 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17692
17693 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17694
17695 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17696 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17697
17698 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17699 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17700 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17701 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17702
17703 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17704
17705 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17706 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17707 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17708 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17709
17710 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17711
17712 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17713 *Function for citing an original message.
17714 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17715 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17716 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17717
17718 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17719
17720 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17721 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17722 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17723 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17724 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17725
17726 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17727
17728 (defvar message-signature t "\
17729 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17730 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17731 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17732 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17733
17734 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17735
17736 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17737 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17738 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17739 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17740
17741 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17742
17743 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17744 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17745
17746 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17747
17748 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17749
17750 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17751 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17752 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17753 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17754 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17755 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17756 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17757 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17758 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17759 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17760 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17761 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17762 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17763 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17764 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17765 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17766 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17767 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17768 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17769 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17770 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17771 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17772 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17773 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17774 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17775 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17776 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17777 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17778 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17779 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17780 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17781 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17782 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17783 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17784 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17785 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17786 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17787
17788 \(fn)" t nil)
17789
17790 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17791 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17792 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17793
17794 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17795
17796 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17797 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17798
17799 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17800
17801 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17802 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17803
17804 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17805
17806 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17807 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17808
17809 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17812 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17813 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17814
17815 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17818 Cancel an article you posted.
17819 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17820
17821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17824 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17825 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17826 header line with the old Message-ID.
17827
17828 \(fn)" t nil)
17829
17830 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17831 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17832
17833 \(fn)" t nil)
17834
17835 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17836 Forward the current message via mail.
17837 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17838 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17839
17840 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17843 Not documented
17844
17845 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17846
17847 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17848 Not documented
17849
17850 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17851
17852 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17853 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17854
17855 \(fn)" t nil)
17856
17857 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17858 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17859
17860 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17863 Re-mail the current message.
17864 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17865 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17866 you.
17867
17868 \(fn)" t nil)
17869
17870 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17871 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17876 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17877
17878 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17881 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17882
17883 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17884
17885 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17886 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17887
17888 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17889
17890 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17891 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17892 Works by overstriking characters.
17893 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17894 which specify the range to operate on.
17895
17896 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17899 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17900 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17901 which specify the range to operate on.
17902
17903 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17904
17905 ;;;***
17906 \f
17907 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17908 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
17909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17910
17911 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17912 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17913 Special commands:
17914 \\{meta-mode-map}
17915
17916 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17917 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17918
17919 \(fn)" t nil)
17920
17921 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17922 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17923 Special commands:
17924 \\{meta-mode-map}
17925
17926 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17927 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17928
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17930
17931 ;;;***
17932 \f
17933 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17934 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17935 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
17936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17937
17938 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17939 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17940 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17941
17942 \(fn)" t nil)
17943
17944 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17945 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17946 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17947 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17948 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17949 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17950 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17951
17952 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17953
17954 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17955 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17956 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17957 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17958 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17959 means current).
17960 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17961 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17962
17963 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17964
17965 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17966 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17967 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17968 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17969 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17970 means current).
17971 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17972 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17973
17974 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17975
17976 ;;;***
17977 \f
17978 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17979 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17980 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17843 45622))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17982
17983 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17984 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17985 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17986
17987 \(fn)" t nil)
17988
17989 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17990 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17991 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17992
17993 \(fn)" t nil)
17994
17995 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17996 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17997
17998 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17999 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18000 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18001
18002 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18003 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18004
18005 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18006 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18007
18008 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18009
18010 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18011
18012 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18013 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18014 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18015 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18016 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18017 as `compose-mail'.
18018
18019 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18020 initial Subject field, respectively.
18021
18022 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18023 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18024 are strings.
18025
18026 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18027 ignored.
18028
18029 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18030
18031 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18032 Save draft and send message.
18033
18034 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18035 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18036 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18037 Mail Delivery*\".
18038
18039 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18040 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18041 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18042
18043 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18044 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18045 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18046 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18047 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18048 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18049
18050 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18051 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18052
18053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18054
18055 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18056 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18057
18058 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18059 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18060 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18061 delete the draft message.
18062
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18064
18065 ;;;***
18066 \f
18067 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17843 45622))
18068 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18069
18070 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18071
18072 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18073
18074 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18075
18076 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18077 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18078
18079 \(fn)" t nil)
18080
18081 ;;;***
18082 \f
18083 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17843 45622))
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18086
18087 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18088 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18089 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18090
18091 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18092 the MH mail system.
18093
18094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18095
18096 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18097 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18098 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18099
18100 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18101 the MH mail system.
18102
18103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18104
18105 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18106 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18107
18108 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18109 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18110 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18111 separate command.
18112
18113 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18114 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18115 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18116 format.
18117
18118 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18119
18120 Ranges
18121 ======
18122 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18123 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18124 can be used in several ways.
18125
18126 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18127 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18128 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18129 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18130 page):
18131
18132 <num1>-<num2>
18133 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18134 The range must be nonempty.
18135
18136 <num>:N
18137 <num>:+N
18138 <num>:-N
18139 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18140 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18141 last.
18142
18143 first:N
18144 prev:N
18145 next:N
18146 last:N
18147 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18148
18149 all
18150 All of the messages.
18151
18152 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18153 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18154
18155 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18156 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18157 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18158
18159 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18160
18161 \(fn)" t nil)
18162
18163 ;;;***
18164 \f
18165 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18166 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17843 45611))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18168
18169 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18170 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18171 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18172 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18173 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18174 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18175 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18176 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18177 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18178 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18179 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18180
18181 \(fn)" t nil)
18182
18183 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18184 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18185 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18186 to its second argument TM.
18187
18188 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18189
18190 ;;;***
18191 \f
18192 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18193 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17843 45611))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18195
18196 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18197 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18198 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18200 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18201 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18202
18203 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18204
18205 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18206 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18207 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18208 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18209 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18210 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18211 default indication.
18212
18213 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18214 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18215
18216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18217
18218 ;;;***
18219 \f
18220 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18221 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
18222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18223
18224 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18225 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18226 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18227
18228 \(fn)" t nil)
18229
18230 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18231
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18235 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18236 ;;;;;; (17843 45620))
18237 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18238
18239 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18240 Not documented
18241
18242 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18243
18244 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18245 Not documented
18246
18247 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18248
18249 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18250 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18251 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18252 PATTERN regexp.
18253
18254 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18255
18256 ;;;***
18257 \f
18258 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18259 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17843 45617))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18261
18262 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18263 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18264
18265 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18266
18267 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18268 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18269 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18270 the entire message.
18271 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18272
18273 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18274
18275 ;;;***
18276 \f
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18278 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18280
18281 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18282 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18283 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18284 the entire message.
18285 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18286
18287 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18288
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18292 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17843 45617))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18294
18295 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18296 Insert file contents of URL.
18297 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18298
18299 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18300
18301 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18302 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18303
18304 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18305
18306 ;;;***
18307 \f
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18309 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17843 45617))
18310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18311
18312 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18313 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18314 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18315 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18316 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18317
18318 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18319
18320 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18321 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18322 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18323
18324 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18325
18326 ;;;***
18327 \f
18328 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18329 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
18330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18331
18332 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18333 Not documented
18334
18335 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18336
18337 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18338 Not documented
18339
18340 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18341
18342 ;;;***
18343 \f
18344 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18345 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18346 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17843 45617))
18347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18348
18349 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18350 Not documented
18351
18352 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18353
18354 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18355 Not documented
18356
18357 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18358
18359 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18360 Not documented
18361
18362 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18363
18364 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18365 Not documented
18366
18367 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18368
18369 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18370 Not documented
18371
18372 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18373
18374 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18375 Not documented
18376
18377 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18378
18379 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18380 Not documented
18381
18382 \(fn)" nil nil)
18383
18384 ;;;***
18385 \f
18386 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18387 ;;;;;; (17276 54295))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18389
18390 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18391 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18392 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18393 followed by the first character of the construct.
18394 \\<m2-mode-map>
18395 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18396 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18397 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18398 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18399 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18400 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18401 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18402 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18403 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18404 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18405 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18406 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18407 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18408 \\[m2-link] link
18409
18410 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18411 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18412 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18413
18414 \(fn)" t nil)
18415
18416 ;;;***
18417 \f
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18419 ;;;;;; (17843 45626))
18420 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18421
18422 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18423 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18424
18425 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18426
18427 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18428 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18429
18430 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18431
18432 ;;;***
18433 \f
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17843
18435 ;;;;;; 45611))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18437
18438 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18439 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18440 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18443 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18444
18445 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18446
18447 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18448 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18449 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18450 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18451
18452 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18453
18454 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18455
18456 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18457
18458 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18459 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18460 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18461 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18462 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18463 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18464
18465 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18466 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18467 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18468 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18469 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18470
18471 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18472 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18473
18474 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18475 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18476
18477 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18478
18479 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18480 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18481 primary selection and region.
18482
18483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18484
18485 ;;;***
18486 \f
18487 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17843 45626))
18488 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18489
18490 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18491 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18492
18493 \(fn)" t nil)
18494
18495 ;;;***
18496 \f
18497 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17843 45611))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18499
18500 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18501 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18502 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18504 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18505 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18506
18507 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18508
18509 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18510 Toggle Msb mode.
18511 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18512 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18513 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18514
18515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18516
18517 ;;;***
18518 \f
18519 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18520 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18521 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18522 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18523 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18524 ;;;;;; (17843 45619))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18526
18527 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18528 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18529 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18530 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18531 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18532 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18533 set of ISO charsets.
18534
18535 Each element has the following format:
18536 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18537
18538 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18539
18540 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18541 CHARSET are mapped.
18542
18543 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18544 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18545 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18546 character code in CHARSET.
18547
18548 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18549 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18550 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18551 or
18552 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18553 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18554 TO2, or...
18555 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18556 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18557
18558 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18559 Display a list of all character sets.
18560
18561 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18562 internal Emacs use.
18563
18564 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18565 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18566 hexadecimal digits.
18567 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18568 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18569
18570 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18571 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18572 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18573 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18574
18575 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18576 but still shows the full information.
18577
18578 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18579
18580 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18581 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18582 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18583 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18584 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18585
18586 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18587 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18588 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18589 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18590 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18591
18592 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18593
18594 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18595 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18596 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18597 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18598 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18599
18600 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18601
18602 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18603 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18604
18605 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18606
18607 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18608 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18609
18610 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18611
18612 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18614
18615 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18616 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18617 in place of `..':
18618 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18619 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18620 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18621 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18622 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18623 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18624 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18625 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18626 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18627 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18628 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18629 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18630 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18631 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18632 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18633 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18634
18635 \(fn)" t nil)
18636
18637 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18639
18640 \(fn)" t nil)
18641
18642 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18643 Display a list of all coding systems.
18644 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18645
18646 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18647 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18648
18649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18650
18651 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display a list of all coding categories.
18653
18654 \(fn)" nil nil)
18655
18656 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18658 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18659
18660 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18661
18662 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display information about FONTSET.
18664 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18665
18666 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18667
18668 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display a list of all fontsets.
18670 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18671 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18672 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18673
18674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display information about all input methods.
18678
18679 \(fn)" t nil)
18680
18681 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18683
18684 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18685 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18686 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18687 system which uses fontsets).
18688
18689 \(fn)" t nil)
18690
18691 ;;;***
18692 \f
18693 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18694 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18695 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18696 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18697 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18698 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17843 45619))
18699 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18700
18701 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18702 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18703 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18704
18705 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18706
18707 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18708
18709 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18710 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18711
18712 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18713 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18714
18715 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18716 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18717
18718 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18719
18720 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18721 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18722 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18723 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18724 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18725 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18726 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18727
18728 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18729 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18730 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18731 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18732 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18733 middle of a character in STR.
18734
18735 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18736 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18737
18738 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18739 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18740 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18741 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18742 defaults to \"...\".
18743
18744 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18745
18746 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18747 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18748
18749 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18750 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18751 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18752
18753 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18754 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18755 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18756
18757 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18758 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18759 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18760 is considered.
18761 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18762 longer than KEYSEQ.
18763 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18764
18765 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18766
18767 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18768 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18769 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18770 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18771 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18772 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18773 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18774 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18775 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18776 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18777 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18778
18779 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18780
18781 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18782 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18783
18784 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18785
18786 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18787 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18788
18789 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18790
18791 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18792 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18793
18794 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18795
18796 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18797 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18798
18799 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18800
18801 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18802 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18803 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18804 coding systems ordered by priority.
18805
18806 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18807
18808 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18809 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18810 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18811 language environment LANG-ENV.
18812
18813 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18814
18815 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18816 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18817 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18818 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18819 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18820 basis, this may not be accurate.
18821
18822 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18823
18824 ;;;***
18825 \f
18826 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18827 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18829
18830 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18831 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18832 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18835 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18836
18837 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18838
18839 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18840 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18841 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18842 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18843
18844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18845
18846 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18847 Enable mouse wheel support.
18848
18849 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18850
18851 ;;;***
18852 \f
18853 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18854 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18855 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18856 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17843 45624))
18857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18858
18859 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18860 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18861
18862 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18865 Ping HOST.
18866 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18867 `ping-program-options'.
18868
18869 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18870
18871 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18872 Run ipconfig program.
18873
18874 \(fn)" t nil)
18875
18876 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18877
18878 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18879 Run netstat program.
18880
18881 \(fn)" t nil)
18882
18883 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18884 Run the arp program.
18885
18886 \(fn)" t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18889 Run the route program.
18890
18891 \(fn)" t nil)
18892
18893 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18894 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18895
18896 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18897
18898 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18899 Run nslookup program.
18900
18901 \(fn)" t nil)
18902
18903 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18904 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18905
18906 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18907
18908 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18909 Run dig program.
18910
18911 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18912
18913 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18914 Run ftp program.
18915
18916 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18917
18918 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18919 Finger USER on HOST.
18920
18921 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18922
18923 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18924 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18925 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18926 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18927
18928 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18929
18930 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18931 Not documented
18932
18933 \(fn)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18936 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18937
18938 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18941 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18942
18943 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18944
18945 ;;;***
18946 \f
18947 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18948 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18949 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18950 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18951 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18952 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17843 45611))
18953 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18954
18955 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18956
18957 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18958
18959 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18960
18961 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18962
18963 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18964 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18965 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18966 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18967 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18968 Major modes should set this variable.")
18969
18970 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18971 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18972 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18973 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18974 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18975 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18976
18977 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18978 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18979
18980 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18981 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18982 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18983
18984 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18985 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18986 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18987 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18988 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18989
18990 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18991 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18992 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18993
18994 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18995 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18996 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18997 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18998
18999 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19000 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19001 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19002 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19003 column indentation or nil.
19004 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19005
19006 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19007 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19008 The function has no args.
19009
19010 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19011 comments always start in column zero.")
19012
19013 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19014 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19015 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19016
19017 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19018
19019 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19020 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19021 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19022 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19023
19024 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19025 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19026
19027 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19028
19029 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19030 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19031 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19032 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19033 customize this variable.
19034
19035 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19036 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19037
19038 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19039
19040 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19041 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19042 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19043 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19044 the variables are properly set.
19045
19046 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19047
19048 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19049 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19050
19051 \(fn)" nil nil)
19052
19053 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19054 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19055 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19056
19057 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19060 Set the comment column based on point.
19061 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19062 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19063 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19064 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19065
19066 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19067
19068 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19069 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19070 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19071
19072 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19073
19074 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19075 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19076 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19077 comment markers.
19078
19079 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19080
19081 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19082 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19083 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19084 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19085 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19086 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19087 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19088 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19089
19090 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19091 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19092
19093 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19094
19095 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19096 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19097 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19098 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19099
19100 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19101
19102 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19103 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19104 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19105 is passed on to the respective function.
19106
19107 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19108
19109 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19110 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19111 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19112 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19113 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19114 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19115 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19116 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19117 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19118
19119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19120
19121 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19122 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19123 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19124
19125 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19126
19127 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19128 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19129 This indents the body of the continued comment
19130 under the previous comment line.
19131
19132 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19133 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19134 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19135
19136 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19137 or comment indentation.
19138
19139 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19140 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19141
19142 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19143
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19147 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19148 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17843 45624))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19150
19151 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19152 Check whether newsticker is running.
19153 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19154 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19155
19156 \(fn)" nil nil)
19157
19158 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19159 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19160 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19161 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19162 empty.
19163
19164 \(fn)" nil nil)
19165
19166 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19167 Start the newsticker.
19168 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19169 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19170 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19171 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19172
19173 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19174
19175 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19176 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19177 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19178 running already.
19179
19180 \(fn)" t nil)
19181
19182 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19183 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19184
19185 \(fn)" t nil)
19186
19187 ;;;***
19188 \f
19189 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19190 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19192
19193 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19194 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19195
19196 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19197
19198 ;;;***
19199 \f
19200 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17843
19201 ;;;;;; 45617))
19202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19203
19204 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19205 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19206 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19207 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19208 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19209 symbol in the alist.
19210
19211 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19212
19213 ;;;***
19214 \f
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19218
19219 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19220 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19221 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19222
19223 \(fn)" t nil)
19224
19225 ;;;***
19226 \f
19227 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19228 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19230
19231 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19232 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19233 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19234
19235 \(fn)" t nil)
19236
19237 ;;;***
19238 \f
19239 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19240 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19242
19243 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19244 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19245
19246 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19247
19248 ;;;***
19249 \f
19250 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19251 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17843 45617))
19252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19253
19254 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19255 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19256
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19258
19259 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19260 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19261
19262 \(fn)" t nil)
19263
19264 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19265 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19266
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19268
19269 ;;;***
19270 \f
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19272 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17843 45611))
19273 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19274
19275 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19276 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19277 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19278
19279 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19280
19281 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19282 Not documented
19283
19284 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19285
19286 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19287 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19288 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19289 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19290 to future sessions.
19291
19292 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19293
19294 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19295 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19296 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19297 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19298 to future sessions.
19299
19300 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19301
19302 ;;;***
19303 \f
19304 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19305 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19307
19308 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19309 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19310 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19311 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19312 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19313 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19314
19315 \(fn)" t nil)
19316
19317 ;;;***
19318 \f
19319 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19320 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19322
19323 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19324 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19325 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19326 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19327 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19328
19329 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19330
19331 ;;;***
19332 \f
19333 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19334 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19336
19337 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19338 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19339 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19340
19341 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19342
19343 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19344 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19345
19346 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19347 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19348 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19349
19350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19351
19352 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19353
19354 ;;;***
19355 \f
19356 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19357 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
19358 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19359
19360 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19361 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19362
19363 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19364 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19365 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19366 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19367
19368 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19369 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19370 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19371 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19372 is why you need this mode!).
19373
19374 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19375 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19376 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19377
19378 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19379
19380 Keybindings
19381 ===========
19382
19383 \\{octave-mode-map}
19384
19385 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19386 ==============================================
19387
19388 octave-auto-indent
19389 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19390 Default is nil.
19391
19392 octave-auto-newline
19393 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19394 Default is nil.
19395
19396 octave-blink-matching-block
19397 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19398 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19399
19400 octave-block-offset
19401 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19402 Default is 2.
19403
19404 octave-continuation-offset
19405 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19406 Default is 4.
19407
19408 octave-continuation-string
19409 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19410 Default is a backslash.
19411
19412 octave-mode-startup-message
19413 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19414 Default is t.
19415
19416 octave-send-echo-input
19417 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19418 command to the inferior Octave process.
19419
19420 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19421 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19422 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19423
19424 octave-send-echo-input
19425 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19426
19427 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19428
19429 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19430 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19431
19432 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19433 (setq auto-mode-alist
19434 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19435
19436 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19437 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19438
19439 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19440 (lambda ()
19441 (abbrev-mode 1)
19442 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19443 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19444 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19445
19446 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19447 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19448 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19449 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19450
19451 \(fn)" t nil)
19452
19453 ;;;***
19454 \f
19455 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19456 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
19457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19458
19459 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19460 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19461 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19462
19463 \(fn)" t nil)
19464
19465 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19466 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19467 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19468 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19469 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19470
19471 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19472
19473 \(fn)" t nil)
19474
19475 ;;;***
19476 \f
19477 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19478 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19479 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19480 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19481 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19482 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19483 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
19484 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19485
19486 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19487 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19488 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19489
19490 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19491 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19492 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19493 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19494 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19495 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19496 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19497 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19498 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19499 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19500
19501 The following commands are available:
19502
19503 \\{org-mode-map}
19504
19505 \(fn)" t nil)
19506
19507 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19508 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19509
19510 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19511 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19512 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19513 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19514 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19515
19516 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19517 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19518 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19519 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19520 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19521 and zoom in further.
19522 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19523
19524 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19525 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19526 is negative, go up that many levels.
19527
19528 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19529 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19530 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19531
19532 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19533 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19534
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19536
19537 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19538 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19539
19540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19541
19542 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19543 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19544 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19545 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19546 g
19547 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19548 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19549 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19550 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19551 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19552 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19553 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19554 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19555
19556 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19557 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19558 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19559
19560 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19561 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19562 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19563
19564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19565
19566 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19567 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19568 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19569 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19570 before running the agenda command.
19571
19572 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19573
19574 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19575 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19576 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19577 will be able to go to other weeks.
19578 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19579 also be shown, under the current date.
19580 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19581 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19582 to turn on logging.
19583 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19584 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19585 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19586
19587 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19588
19589 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19590 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19591 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19592 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19593 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19594 `org-todo-keywords'.
19595
19596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19597
19598 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19599 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19600 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19601 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19602
19603 \(fn)" t nil)
19604
19605 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19606 Return diary information from org-files.
19607 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19608 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19609 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19610 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19611
19612 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19613 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19614 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19615
19616 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19617 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19618 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19619 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19620
19621 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19622 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19623 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19624
19625 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19626 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19627 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19628 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19629
19630 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19631
19632 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19633
19634 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19635 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19636
19637 &%%(org-diary)
19638
19639 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19640 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19641 also be written as
19642
19643 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19644
19645 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19646 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19647 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19648
19649 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19650
19651 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19652 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19653 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19654
19655 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19658 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19659 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19660 \\[org-insert-link].
19661 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19662 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19663 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19664
19665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19668 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19669 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19670 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19671 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19672
19673 \(fn)" nil nil)
19674
19675 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19676 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19677 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19678 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19679
19680 \(fn)" nil nil)
19681
19682 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19683 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19684 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19685 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19686 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19687 file the text at a specific location.
19688 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19689 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19690 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19691
19692 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19693 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19694 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19695 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19696 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19697 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19698 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19699 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19700
19701 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19702 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19703 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19704 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19705
19706 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19707 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19708 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19709
19710 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19711 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19712 \(i.e. after the stars).
19713
19714 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19715
19716 \(fn)" nil nil)
19717
19718 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19719 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19720
19721 \(fn)" nil nil)
19722
19723 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19724 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19725
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19727
19728 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19729 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19730 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19731 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19732
19733 \(fn)" t nil)
19734
19735 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19736 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19737 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19738 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19739
19740 \(fn)" t nil)
19741
19742 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19743 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19744 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19745
19746 \(fn)" t nil)
19747
19748 ;;;***
19749 \f
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19751 ;;;;;; (17843 45611))
19752 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19753 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19754
19755 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19756 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19757 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19758 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19759
19760 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19761 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19762 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19763 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19764
19765 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19766 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19767 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19768 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19769 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19770 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19771
19772 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19773 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19774 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19775
19776 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19777 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19778 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19779 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19780 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19781 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19782 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19783 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19784 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19785 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19786 The subheadings remain visible.
19787 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19788
19789 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19790 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19791 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19792
19793 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19794 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19795
19796 \(fn)" t nil)
19797
19798 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19799 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19800 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19801 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19802
19803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19804
19805 ;;;***
19806 \f
19807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17843
19808 ;;;;;; 45630))
19809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19810 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19811 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19812 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19813 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19814 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19815 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19816 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19817 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19818 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19819
19820 ;;;***
19821 \f
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17843 45611))
19823 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19824
19825 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19826 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19827 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19830 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19831
19832 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19833
19834 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19835 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19836 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19837 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19838
19839 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19840 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19841
19842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19843
19844 ;;;***
19845 \f
19846 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19847 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19848 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19849
19850 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19851 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19852 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19853 unknown are returned as nil.
19854
19855 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19856
19857 ;;;***
19858 \f
19859 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17843
19860 ;;;;;; 45629))
19861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19862
19863 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19864 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19865 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19866
19867 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19868 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19869
19870 Other useful functions are:
19871
19872 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19873 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19874 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19875 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19876 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19877 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19878 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19879 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19880 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19881
19882 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19883
19884 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19885 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19886 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19887 Indentation for case statements.
19888 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19889 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19890 mark after an end.
19891 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19892 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19893 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19894 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19895 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19896 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19897 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19898 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19899 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19900 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19901
19902 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19903 pascal-separator-keywords.
19904
19905 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19906 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19907
19908 \(fn)" t nil)
19909
19910 ;;;***
19911 \f
19912 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19913 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
19914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19915
19916 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19917 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19918 The keys affected are:
19919 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19920 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19921 M-Backspace does undo.
19922 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19923 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19924 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19925
19926 \(fn)" t nil)
19927
19928 ;;;***
19929 \f
19930 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19931 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17843 45615))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19933
19934 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19935 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19936 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19939 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19940
19941 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19942
19943 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19944 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19945
19946 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19947
19948 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19949 which modify the status of the mark.
19950
19951 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19952 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19953
19954 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19955 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19956
19957 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19958 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19959 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19960 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19961 turning PC Selection mode on.
19962
19963 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19964 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19965
19966 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19967 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19968 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19969
19970 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19971 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19972 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19973
19974 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19975 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19976
19977 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19978 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19979 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19980
19981 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19982 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19983 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19984
19985 F6 other-window
19986 DELETE delete-char
19987 C-DELETE kill-line
19988 M-DELETE kill-word
19989 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19990 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19991 M-BACKSPACE undo
19992
19993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19994
19995 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19996 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19997 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19998 and cursor movement commands.
19999 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20001 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20002
20003 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20004
20005 ;;;***
20006 \f
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17843
20008 ;;;;;; 45611))
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20010
20011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20012 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20013
20014 \(fn)" nil nil)
20015
20016 ;;;***
20017 \f
20018 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20019 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17843 45611))
20020 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20021
20022 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20023 Completion for `gzip'.
20024
20025 \(fn)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20028 Completion for `bzip2'.
20029
20030 \(fn)" nil nil)
20031
20032 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20033 Completion for GNU `make'.
20034
20035 \(fn)" nil nil)
20036
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20038 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20039
20040 \(fn)" nil nil)
20041
20042 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20043
20044 ;;;***
20045 \f
20046 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20047 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17843 45611))
20048 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20049
20050 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20051 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20052
20053 \(fn)" nil nil)
20054
20055 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20056 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20057
20058 \(fn)" nil nil)
20059
20060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20061 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20062
20063 \(fn)" nil nil)
20064
20065 ;;;***
20066 \f
20067 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17843
20068 ;;;;;; 45611))
20069 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20070
20071 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20072 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20073 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20074 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20075 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20076 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20077
20078 \(fn)" nil nil)
20079
20080 ;;;***
20081 \f
20082 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20083 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20084 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17843 45611))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20086
20087 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20088 Completion for `cd'.
20089
20090 \(fn)" nil nil)
20091
20092 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20093
20094 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20095 Completion for `rmdir'.
20096
20097 \(fn)" nil nil)
20098
20099 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20100 Completion for `rm'.
20101
20102 \(fn)" nil nil)
20103
20104 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20105 Completion for `xargs'.
20106
20107 \(fn)" nil nil)
20108
20109 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20110
20111 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20112 Completion for `which'.
20113
20114 \(fn)" nil nil)
20115
20116 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20117 Completion for the `chown' command.
20118
20119 \(fn)" nil nil)
20120
20121 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20122 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20123
20124 \(fn)" nil nil)
20125
20126 ;;;***
20127 \f
20128 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20129 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20130 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17843
20131 ;;;;;; 45611))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20133
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20135 Support extensible programmable completion.
20136 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20137 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20138
20139 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20140
20141 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20142 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20143
20144 \(fn)" t nil)
20145
20146 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20147 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20148 This will modify the current buffer.
20149
20150 \(fn)" t nil)
20151
20152 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20153 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20154
20155 \(fn)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20158 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20159 This will modify the current buffer.
20160
20161 \(fn)" t nil)
20162
20163 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20164 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20165
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20169 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20170
20171 \(fn)" t nil)
20172
20173 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20174 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20175 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20176 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20177 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20178
20179 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20180
20181 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20182 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20183
20184 \(fn)" nil nil)
20185
20186 ;;;***
20187 \f
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20189 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20190 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17843 45612))
20191 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20192
20193 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20194 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20195 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20196 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20197
20198 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20199
20200 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20201
20202 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20203 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20204 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20205 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20206 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20207 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20208 FLAGS is ignored.
20209
20210 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20211
20212 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20213 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20214 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20215 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20216 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20217 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20218 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20219 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20220
20221 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20222
20223 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20224 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20225 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20226 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20227 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20228 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20229 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20230 passed to cvs.
20231
20232 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20233
20234 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20235 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20236 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20237 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20238 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20239 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20240 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20241
20242 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20243
20244 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20245
20246 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20247 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20248 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20249
20250 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20251
20252 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20253 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20254 nil means never do it.
20255 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20256 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20257 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20258
20259 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20260
20261 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20262 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20263 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20264
20265 ;;;***
20266 \f
20267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17843 45611))
20268 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20269
20270 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20271
20272 ;;;***
20273 \f
20274 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20275 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20277
20278 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20279 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20280 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20281 Tab indents for Perl code.
20282 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20283 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20284 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20285 \\{perl-mode-map}
20286 Variables controlling indentation style:
20287 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20288 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20289 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20290 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20291 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20292 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20293 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20294 `perl-nochange'
20295 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20296 `perl-indent-level'
20297 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20298 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20299 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20300 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20301 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20302 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20303 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20304 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20305 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20306 `perl-brace-offset'
20307 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20308 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20309 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20310 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20311 `perl-label-offset'
20312 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20313 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20314 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20315
20316 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20317 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20318 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20319 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20320 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20321 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20322 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20323
20324 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20325
20326 \(fn)" t nil)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20331 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20332 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20333 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17843 45612))
20334 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20335
20336 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20337 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20338
20339 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20340
20341 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20342 passphrase cache or user.
20343
20344 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20345
20346 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20347 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20348
20349 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20350 cache or user.
20351
20352 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20353
20354 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20355 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20356
20357 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20358 the region.
20359
20360 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20361 passphrase cache or user.
20362
20363 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20364
20365 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20366 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20367
20368 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20369
20370 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20371 the region.
20372
20373 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20374 passphrase cache or user.
20375
20376 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20377
20378 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20379 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20380
20381 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20382 passphrase cache or user.
20383
20384 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20385
20386 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20387 Decrypt the current buffer.
20388
20389 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20390 the region.
20391
20392 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20393 passphrase cache or user.
20394
20395 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20396
20397 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20398 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20399
20400 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20401 a detached signature.
20402
20403 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20404 and the the output is displayed.
20405
20406 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20407 passphrase cache or user.
20408
20409 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20412 Sign the current buffer.
20413
20414 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20415 detached signature.
20416
20417 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20418 within the region.
20419
20420 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20421 and the the output is displayed.
20422
20423 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20424 passphrase cache or user.
20425
20426 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20427
20428 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20429 Verify the current region between START and END.
20430 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20431 the detached signature of the current region.
20432
20433 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20434 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20435
20436 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20437
20438 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20439 Verify the current buffer.
20440 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20441 the detached signature of the current region.
20442 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20443 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20444 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20445 within the region.
20446
20447 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20448
20449 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20450 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20451
20452 \(fn)" t nil)
20453
20454 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20455 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20456
20457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20458
20459 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20460 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20461
20462 \(fn)" t nil)
20463
20464 ;;;***
20465 \f
20466 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20467 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
20468 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20469
20470 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20471 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20472
20473 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20474
20475 ;;;***
20476 \f
20477 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20478 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20479 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20480
20481 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20482 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20483 \\<picture-mode-map>
20484 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20485 afterwards settable by these commands:
20486
20487 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20488 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20489 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20490 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20491
20492 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20493 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20494 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20495 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20496
20497 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20498 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20499 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20500 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20501
20502 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20503 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20504 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20505 with these commands:
20506
20507 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20508 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20509 Move to column following last
20510 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20511 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20512 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20513 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20514 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20515 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20516
20517 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20518
20519 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20520 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20521 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20522 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20523 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20524 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20525
20526 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20527 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20528 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20529 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20530 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20531 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20532 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20533
20534 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20535 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20536 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20537 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20538 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20539 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20540 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20541 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20542
20543 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20544 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20545 by supplying an argument.
20546
20547 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20548
20549 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20550 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20551
20552 \(fn)" t nil)
20553
20554 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20555
20556 ;;;***
20557 \f
20558 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20559 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
20560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20561
20562 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20563 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20564 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20565
20566 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20567
20568 ;;;***
20569 \f
20570 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17843 45626))
20571 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20572
20573 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20574 Play pong and waste time.
20575 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20576 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20577
20578 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20579
20580 \\{pong-mode-map}
20581
20582 \(fn)" t nil)
20583
20584 ;;;***
20585 \f
20586 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20587 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17843 45615))
20588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20589
20590 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20591 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20592 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20593 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20594
20595 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20596
20597 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20598 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20599
20600 \(fn)" nil nil)
20601
20602 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20603 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20604 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20605 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20606 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20607
20608 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20609
20610 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20611 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20612 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20613
20614 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20615
20616 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20617 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20618 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20619 Ignores leading comment characters.
20620
20621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20622
20623 ;;;***
20624 \f
20625 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20626 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20627 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20628 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20629 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20630 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20631 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20632 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20633 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20634 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20635 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20636 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20637 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20638 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20639 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20640 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20641 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20642 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20643 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
20644 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20645
20646 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20647 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20648
20649 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20650
20651 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20652
20653 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20654
20655 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20656 Preview directory using ghostview.
20657
20658 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20659 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20660 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20661 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20662
20663 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20664 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20665 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20666 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20667 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20668 file name.
20669
20670 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20671
20672 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20673
20674 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20675 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20676
20677 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20678 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20679 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20680 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20681
20682 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20683 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20684 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20685 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20686 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20687 file name.
20688
20689 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20690
20691 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20692
20693 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20694 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20695
20696 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20697 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20698 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20699 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20700
20701 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20702 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20703 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20704 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20705 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20706 file name.
20707
20708 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20709
20710 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20711
20712 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20713 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20714
20715 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20716
20717 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20718 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20719 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20720 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20721
20722 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20723 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20724 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20725 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20726 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20727 file name.
20728
20729 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20730
20731 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20732
20733 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20734 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20735
20736 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20737 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20738 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20739
20740 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20741 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20742 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20743 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20744
20745 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20746
20747 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20748 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20749
20750 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20751 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20752 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20753
20754 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20755 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20756 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20757 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20758
20759 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20760
20761 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20762 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20763
20764 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20765 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20766 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20767
20768 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20769 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20770 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20771 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20772
20773 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20774
20775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20776 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20777
20778 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20779
20780 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20781 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20782 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20783
20784 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20785 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20786 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20787 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20788
20789 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20790
20791 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20792 Preview region using ghostview.
20793
20794 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20795
20796 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20797
20798 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20799 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20800
20801 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20802
20803 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20804
20805 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20806 Print region using PostScript printer.
20807
20808 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20809
20810 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20811
20812 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20813 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20814
20815 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20816
20817 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20818
20819 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20820 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20821
20822 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20823
20824 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20825
20826 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20827 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20828
20829 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20830
20831 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20832
20833 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20834 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20835
20836 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20837
20838 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20839
20840 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20841 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20842
20843 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20844
20845 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20846
20847 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20848 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20849 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20850 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20851
20852 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20853 matching.
20854
20855 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20856 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20857
20858 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20859
20860 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20861
20862 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20863 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20864 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20865 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20866
20867 \(fn)" t nil)
20868
20869 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20870 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20871 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20872 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20873
20874 \(fn)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20877 Print directory using text printer.
20878
20879 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20880 matching.
20881
20882 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20883 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20884
20885 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20886
20887 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20888
20889 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20890 Print buffer using text printer.
20891
20892 \(fn)" t nil)
20893
20894 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20895 Print region using text printer.
20896
20897 \(fn)" t nil)
20898
20899 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20900 Print major mode using text printer.
20901
20902 \(fn)" t nil)
20903
20904 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20905 Preview spooled PostScript.
20906
20907 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20908 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20909 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20910
20911 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20912 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20913 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20914
20915 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20916
20917 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20918 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20919
20920 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20921 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20922 instead of sending it to the printer.
20923
20924 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20925 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20926 image in a file with that name.
20927
20928 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20931 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20932
20933 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20934 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20935 instead of sending it to the printer.
20936
20937 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20938 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20939 image in a file with that name.
20940
20941 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20942
20943 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20944 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20945
20946 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20947 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20948 instead of sending it to the printer.
20949
20950 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20951 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20952 image in a file with that name.
20953
20954 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20955
20956 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20957 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20958
20959 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20960
20961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20962 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20963
20964 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20965
20966 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20967 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20968
20969 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20970
20971 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20972 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20973
20974 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20977 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20978
20979 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20980
20981 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20982 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20983
20984 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20985 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20986 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20987 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20988
20989 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20990 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20991 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20992 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20993 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20994 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20995 file name.
20996
20997 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20998
20999 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21000 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21001
21002 \(fn)" t nil)
21003
21004 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21005 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21006
21007 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21008 right.
21009 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21010 bottom.
21011
21012 \(fn)" t nil)
21013
21014 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21015 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21016
21017 \(fn)" t nil)
21018
21019 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21020 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21021
21022 \(fn)" t nil)
21023
21024 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21025 Toggle printing with faces.
21026
21027 \(fn)" t nil)
21028
21029 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21030 Toggle spooling.
21031
21032 \(fn)" t nil)
21033
21034 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21035 Toggle duplex.
21036
21037 \(fn)" t nil)
21038
21039 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21040 Toggle tumble.
21041
21042 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21043 right.
21044 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21045 bottom.
21046
21047 \(fn)" t nil)
21048
21049 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21050 Toggle landscape.
21051
21052 \(fn)" t nil)
21053
21054 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21055 Toggle upside-down.
21056
21057 \(fn)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21060 Toggle line number.
21061
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21063
21064 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21065 Toggle zebra stripes.
21066
21067 \(fn)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21070 Toggle printing header.
21071
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21073
21074 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21075 Toggle printing header frame.
21076
21077 \(fn)" t nil)
21078
21079 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21080 Toggle menu lock.
21081
21082 \(fn)" t nil)
21083
21084 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21085 Toggle auto region.
21086
21087 \(fn)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21090 Toggle auto mode.
21091
21092 \(fn)" t nil)
21093
21094 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21095 Customization of the `printing' group.
21096
21097 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21098
21099 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21100 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21101
21102 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21103
21104 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21105 Help for the printing package.
21106
21107 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21110 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21111
21112 \(fn)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21115 Interactively select a text printer.
21116
21117 \(fn)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21120 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21121
21122 \(fn)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21125 Show current ps-print settings.
21126
21127 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21128
21129 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21130 Show current printing settings.
21131
21132 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21135 Show current lpr settings.
21136
21137 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21138
21139 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21140 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21141
21142 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21143 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21144 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21145 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21146
21147
21148 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21149
21150 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21151 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21152 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21153
21154 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21155 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21156 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21157 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21158 current active printer.
21159
21160 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21161 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21162 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21163 printer.
21164
21165 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21166 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21167 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21168 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21169 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21170
21171
21172 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21173 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21174
21175 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21176
21177 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21178 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21179 be done using the new current active printer.
21180
21181 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21182 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21183 printer.
21184
21185 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21186 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21187 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21188 instead of sending it to the printer.
21189
21190 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21191 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21192 printer.
21193
21194 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21195
21196
21197 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21198 are both set to t.
21199
21200 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21203 Fast fire function for text printing.
21204
21205 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21206 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21207 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21208 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21209
21210 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21211 user for a new active text printer.
21212
21213 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21214
21215 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21216
21217 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21218 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21219 printer.
21220
21221 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21222
21223 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21224 are both set to t.
21225
21226 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21227
21228 ;;;***
21229 \f
21230 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21231 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21233
21234 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21235 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21236 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21237 Commands:
21238 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21239 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21240 if that value is non-nil.
21241
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21243
21244 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21245
21246 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21247 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21248 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21249
21250 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21251
21252 ;;;***
21253 \f
21254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17843 45612))
21255 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21256
21257 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21258 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21259 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21260
21261 ;;;***
21262 \f
21263 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17843
21264 ;;;;;; 45629))
21265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21266
21267 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21268 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21269
21270 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21271
21272 The following variables hold user options, and can
21273 be set through the `customize' command:
21274
21275 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21276 `ps-mode-tab'
21277 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21278 `ps-mode-print-function'
21279 `ps-run-prompt'
21280 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21281 `ps-run-x'
21282 `ps-run-dumb'
21283 `ps-run-init'
21284 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21285 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21286
21287 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21288
21289
21290 \\{ps-mode-map}
21291
21292
21293 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21294 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21295 The keymap for this second window is:
21296
21297 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21298
21299
21300 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21301 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21302 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21303 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21304 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21305
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21307
21308 ;;;***
21309 \f
21310 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21311 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21312 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21313 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17843 45612))
21314 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21315
21316 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21317 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21318
21319 Valid values are:
21320
21321 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21322 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21323 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21324 changed by setting the variable
21325 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21326 The initial value of this variable is
21327 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21328 documentation).
21329
21330 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21331 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21332 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21333 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21334 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21335 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21336 test it.
21337
21338 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21339 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21340 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21341 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21342 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21343 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21344 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21345 use this value, be sure to have installed
21346 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21347 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21348 documentation of this variable).
21349
21350 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21351 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21352 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21353 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21354 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21355 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21356
21357 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21358
21359 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21360
21361 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21362 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21363 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21364
21365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21366
21367 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21368 Not documented
21369
21370 \(fn)" nil nil)
21371
21372 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21373 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21374
21375 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21376
21377 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21378
21379 Returns the value:
21380
21381 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21382
21383 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21384 the sequence.
21385
21386 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21387
21388 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21389 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21390
21391 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21392 composition.
21393
21394 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21395
21396 Returns the value:
21397
21398 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21399
21400 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21401 the sequence.
21402
21403 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21404
21405 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21406 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21407
21408 \(fn)" nil nil)
21409
21410 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21411 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21412 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21413
21414 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21415
21416 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21417 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21418 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21419
21420 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21421
21422 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21423 Not documented
21424
21425 \(fn)" nil nil)
21426
21427 ;;;***
21428 \f
21429 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21430 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21431 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21432 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21433 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21434 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17843
21435 ;;;;;; 45612))
21436 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21437
21438 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21439 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21440 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21441
21442 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21443
21444 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21445 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21446 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21447 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21448
21449 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21450
21451 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21452 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21453
21454 Valid values are:
21455
21456 nil Do not print colors.
21457
21458 t Print colors.
21459
21460 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21461 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21462
21463 Any other value is treated as t.")
21464
21465 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21466
21467 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21468 Customization of ps-print group.
21469
21470 \(fn)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21473 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21474
21475 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21476 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21477 sending it to the printer.
21478
21479 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21480 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21481 image in a file with that name.
21482
21483 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21484
21485 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21486 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21487 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21488 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21489 so it has a way to determine color values.
21490
21491 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21492
21493 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21494 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21495 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21496
21497 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21500 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21501 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21502 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21503 so it has a way to determine color values.
21504
21505 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21506
21507 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21508 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21509 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21510 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21511
21512 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21513
21514 \(fn)" t nil)
21515
21516 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21517 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21518 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21520 so it has a way to determine color values.
21521
21522 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21523
21524 \(fn)" t nil)
21525
21526 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21527 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21528 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21529
21530 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21531
21532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21535 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21536 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21537 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21538 so it has a way to determine color values.
21539
21540 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21541
21542 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21543
21544 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21545 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21546
21547 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21548 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21549 instead of sending it to the printer.
21550
21551 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21552 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21553 image in a file with that name.
21554
21555 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21556
21557 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21558 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21559 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21560 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21561 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21562
21563 \(fn)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21566 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21567 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21568
21569 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21570
21571 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21572 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21573 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21574
21575 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21576
21577 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21578 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21579
21580 \(fn)" nil nil)
21581
21582 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21583 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21584
21585 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21586 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21587
21588 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21589 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21590
21591 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21592
21593 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21594
21595 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21596
21597 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21598 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21599
21600 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21601 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21602
21603 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21604 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21605
21606 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21607
21608 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21609
21610 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21611
21612 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21613 foreground and background colors respectively.
21614
21615 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21616 bold - use bold font.
21617 italic - use italic font.
21618 underline - put a line under text.
21619 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21620 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21621 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21622 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21623 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21624
21625 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21626
21627 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21628
21629 ;;;***
21630 \f
21631 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21632 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
21633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21634
21635 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21636
21637 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21638
21639 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21640
21641 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21642 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21643 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21644 buffer automatically.
21645
21646 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21647 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21648 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21649 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21650 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21651 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21652 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21653
21654 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21655 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21656 buffer for a list of commands.)
21657
21658 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21659
21660 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21661 Major mode for editing Python files.
21662 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21663 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21664 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21665 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21666
21667 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21668 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21669 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21670 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21671 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21672 \\<python-mode-map>
21673 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21674 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21675 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21676 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21677 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21678 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21679
21680 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21681 effect outside them.
21682
21683 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21684 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21685 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21686 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21687 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21688 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21689 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21690 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21691 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21692
21693 \\{python-mode-map}
21694
21695 \(fn)" t nil)
21696
21697 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21698 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21699 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21700 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21701
21702 \(fn)" t nil)
21703
21704 ;;;***
21705 \f
21706 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21707 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
21708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21709
21710 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21711 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21712 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21713 coding-system.
21714
21715 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21716 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21717
21718 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21719 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21720 them into characters should be done separately.
21721
21722 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21723
21724 ;;;***
21725 \f
21726 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21727 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21728 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21729 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21730 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17843 45619))
21731 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21732
21733 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21734 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21735
21736 \(fn)" nil nil)
21737
21738 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21739 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21740 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21741
21742 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21743 `quail-activate', which see.
21744
21745 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21746
21747 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21748 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21749 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21750 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21751 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21752 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21753 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21754
21755 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21756 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21757 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21758 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21759 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21760 shown.
21761 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21762
21763 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21764 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21765 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21766 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21767 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21768 list of candidates.
21769
21770 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21771 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21772 command to be called.
21773
21774 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21775 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21776 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21777 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21778
21779 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21780 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21781 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21782 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21783 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21784 to t.
21785
21786 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21787 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21788 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21789 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21790
21791 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21792 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21793 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21794 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21795
21796 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21797 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21798 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21799 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21800 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21801 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21802
21803 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21804 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21805 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21806 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21807 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21808 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21809
21810 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21811 covers Quail translation region.
21812
21813 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21814 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21815 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21816 for it) is inserted.
21817
21818 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21819 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21820 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21821
21822 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21823 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21824 non-Quail commands.
21825
21826 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21827
21828 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21829 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21830
21831 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21832 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21833 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21834 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21835 you type is correctly handled.
21836
21837 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21838
21839 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21840 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21841
21842 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21843 keyboard type.
21844
21845 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21846
21847 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21848 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21849 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21850 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21851 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21852 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21853 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21854 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21855 for the translation.
21856 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21857
21858 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21859 it is used to handle KEY.
21860
21861 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21862 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21863 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21864 the following annotation types are supported.
21865
21866 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21867 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21868
21869 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21870 candidate list.
21871
21872 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21873 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21874 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21875 inserted.
21876
21877 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21878 generated for the following translations.
21879
21880 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21881
21882 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21883 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21884
21885 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21886 which to install MAP.
21887
21888 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21889
21890 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21891
21892 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21893 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21894
21895 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21896 which to install MAP.
21897
21898 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21899
21900 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21901
21902 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21903 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21904 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21905 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21906 a function, or a cons.
21907 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21908 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21909 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21910 for the translation.
21911 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21912 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21913 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21914 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21915 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21916
21917 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21918 it is used to handle KEY.
21919
21920 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21921 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21922 current Quail package.
21923
21924 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21925 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21926
21927 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21928
21929 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21930 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21931
21932 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21933 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21934
21935 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21936
21937 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21938 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21939
21940 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21941
21942 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21943 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21944 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21945 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21946 of the Emacs source tree.
21947
21948 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21949 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21950
21951 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21952 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21953 of each directory.
21954
21955 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21956
21957 ;;;***
21958 \f
21959 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21960 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21961 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17843
21962 ;;;;;; 45624))
21963 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21964
21965 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21966 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21967 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21968 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21969
21970 To make use of this do something like:
21971
21972 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21973
21974 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21975
21976 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21977 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21978
21979 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21980 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21981 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21982
21983 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21984
21985 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21986 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21987
21988 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21989
21990 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21991 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21992
21993 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21994 is decided.
21995
21996 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21997
21998 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21999 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22000
22001 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22002 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22003 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22004
22005 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22006
22007 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22008 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22009
22010 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22011
22012 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22013 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22014
22015 \(fn)" t nil)
22016
22017 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22018 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22019
22020 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22021
22022 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22023
22024 \(fn)" t nil)
22025
22026 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22027 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22028
22029 \(fn)" t nil)
22030
22031 ;;;***
22032 \f
22033 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22034 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17843 45624))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22036
22037 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22038 Connect to IRC.
22039 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22040
22041 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22042
22043 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22044
22045 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22046 Not documented
22047
22048 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22049
22050 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22051 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22052 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22055 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22056
22057 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22058
22059 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22060 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22061
22062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22063
22064 ;;;***
22065 \f
22066 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17843
22067 ;;;;;; 45624))
22068 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22069
22070 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22071 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22072 See \\[compile].
22073
22074 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22075
22076 ;;;***
22077 \f
22078 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22079 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22081
22082 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22083
22084 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22085 Construct a regexp interactively.
22086
22087 \(fn)" t nil)
22088
22089 ;;;***
22090 \f
22091 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17843 45612))
22092 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22093
22094 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22095 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22096 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22099 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22100
22101 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22102
22103 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22104 Toggle recentf mode.
22105 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22106 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22107
22108 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22109 that were operated on recently.
22110
22111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22112
22113 ;;;***
22114 \f
22115 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22116 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22117 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22118 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17843
22119 ;;;;;; 45612))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22121
22122 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22123 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22124 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22125 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22126
22127 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22128
22129 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22130
22131 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22132 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22133 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22134 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22135 ends.
22136
22137 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22138 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22139 to be deleted.
22140
22141 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22142
22143 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22144 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22145 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22146
22147 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22148 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22149 deleted.
22150
22151 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22152
22153 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22154 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22155 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22156
22157 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22158
22159 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22160 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22161
22162 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22163 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22164
22165 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22166 deleted.
22167
22168 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22169 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22170 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22171 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22172 even beep.)
22173
22174 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22175
22176 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22177 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22178
22179 \(fn)" t nil)
22180
22181 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22182 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22183 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22184 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22185 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22186 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22187 and point is at the lower right corner.
22188
22189 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22190
22191 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22192 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22193
22194 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22195 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22196
22197 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22198 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22199 on the right side of the rectangle.
22200
22201 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22202
22203 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22204
22205 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22206 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22207 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22208 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22209 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22210
22211 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22212 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22213
22214 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22215
22216 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22217 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22218 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22219
22220 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22221
22222 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22223
22224 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22225
22226 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22227 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22228
22229 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22230 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22231 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22232
22233 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22234
22235 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22236 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22237 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22238
22239 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22240 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22241 rectangle which were empty.
22242
22243 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22244
22245 ;;;***
22246 \f
22247 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17843
22248 ;;;;;; 45630))
22249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22250
22251 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22252 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22253 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22254
22255 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22256 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22257 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22258
22259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22260
22261 ;;;***
22262 \f
22263 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22264 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17843 45630))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22266
22267 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22268 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22269
22270 \(fn)" nil nil)
22271
22272 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22273 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22274
22275 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22276 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22277
22278 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22279 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22280 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22281 \\ref macro.
22282
22283 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22284 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22285 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22286
22287 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22288 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22289 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22290
22291 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22292 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22293
22294 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22295 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22296
22297 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22298 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22299 on the menu bar.
22300
22301 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22302
22303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22304
22305 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22306 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22307 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22308
22309 \(fn)" nil nil)
22310
22311 ;;;***
22312 \f
22313 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22314 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22316
22317 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22318 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22319 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22320 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22321 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22322 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22323
22324 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22325
22326 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22327
22328 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22329 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22330 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22331 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22332 `reftex-cite-format'.
22333
22334 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22335 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22336 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22337 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22338
22339 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22340
22341 ;;;***
22342 \f
22343 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22344 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22345 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22346
22347 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22348 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22349 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22350 the current TeX document.
22351
22352 With no argument, this command toggles
22353 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22354 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22355
22356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22357
22358 ;;;***
22359 \f
22360 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22361 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22363
22364 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22365 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22366 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22367
22368 To insert new phrases, use
22369 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22370 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22371
22372 To index phrases use one of:
22373
22374 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22375 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22376 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22377 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22378 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22379
22380 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22381 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22382
22383 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22384
22385 Here are all local bindings.
22386
22387 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22388
22389 \(fn)" t nil)
22390
22391 ;;;***
22392 \f
22393 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22394 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
22395 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22396
22397 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22398 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22399 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22400 of master file.
22401
22402 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22403
22404 ;;;***
22405 \f
22406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17843
22407 ;;;;;; 45630))
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22409 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22410 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22411 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22412 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22413
22414 ;;;***
22415 \f
22416 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22417 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22419
22420 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22421 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22422 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22423 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22424 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22425 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22426
22427 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22428 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22429
22430 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22431 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22432
22433 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22434
22435 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22436 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22437 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22438 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22439
22440 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22441
22442 ;;;***
22443 \f
22444 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17843 45612))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22446
22447 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22448 Repeat most recently executed command.
22449 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22450 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22451 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22452
22453 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22454 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22455 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22456
22457 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22458
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22462 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22464
22465 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22466 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22467
22468 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22469 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22470 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22471 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22472 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22473 and point is left after the salutation.
22474
22475 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22476 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22477 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22478 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22479 left after that text.
22480
22481 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22482 is non-nil.
22483
22484 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22485 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22486 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22487 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22488
22489 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22490
22491 ;;;***
22492 \f
22493 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22494 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22495 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22496
22497 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22498 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22499 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22500 visibility of comments that precede it.
22501 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22502 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22503 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22504 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22505 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22506 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22507 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22508 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22509 the comment lines.
22510 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22511 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22512 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22513 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22514 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22515
22516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22517 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22518
22519 ;;;***
22520 \f
22521 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17843
22522 ;;;;;; 45612))
22523 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22524
22525 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22526 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22527
22528 \(fn)" nil nil)
22529
22530 ;;;***
22531 \f
22532 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22533 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22535
22536 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22537 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22538 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22539
22540 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22541 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22542 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22543
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545
22546 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22547 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22548 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22551 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22552
22553 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22554
22555 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22556 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22557 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22558
22559 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22560 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22561 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22562
22563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22564
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22568 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22570
22571 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22572 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22573
22574 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22575
22576 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22577 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22578
22579 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22580
22581 ;;;***
22582 \f
22583 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17843 45624))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22585 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22586
22587 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22588 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22589 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22590 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22591
22592 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22593
22594 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22595 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22596 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22597 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22598
22599 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22600 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22601
22602 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22603 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22604
22605 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22606 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22607 INPUT-ARGS.
22608
22609 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22610 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22611 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22612 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22613 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22614
22615 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22616 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22617 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22618 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22619
22620 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22621 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22622 variable.
22623
22624 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22625
22626 ;;;***
22627 \f
22628 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22629 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22630 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22631 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22632 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22633 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22634 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17843
22635 ;;;;;; 45622))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22637
22638 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22639 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22640 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22641
22642 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22643
22644 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22645 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22646 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22647 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22648
22649 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22650
22651 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22652 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22653 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22654 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22655 value is the user's email address and name.)
22656 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22657
22658 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22659 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22660 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22661 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22662 which normally happens once for each message,
22663 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22664 To make a change in this variable take effect
22665 for a message that you have already viewed,
22666 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22667
22668 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22669
22670 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22671 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22672 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22673 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22674
22675 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22676
22677 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22678 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22679
22680 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22681
22682 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22683 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22684 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22685 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22686
22687 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22688
22689 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22690 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22691
22692 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22693
22694 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22695 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22696
22697 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22698
22699 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22700 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22701 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22702 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22703 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22704
22705 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22706
22707 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22708 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22709 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22710 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22711
22712 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22713
22714 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22715 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22716
22717 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22718
22719 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22720 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22721
22722 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22723
22724 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22725 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22726
22727 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22728
22729 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22730 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22731
22732 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22733 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22734
22735 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22736 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22737
22738 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22739
22740 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22741 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22742
22743 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22744 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22745 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22746 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22747
22748 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22749 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22750
22751 This is set to nil by default.")
22752
22753 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22754 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22755 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22756 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22757 until a user explicitly requires it.
22758
22759 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22760 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22761 in your session.")
22762
22763 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22764
22765 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22766 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22767 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22768 It is called with no argument.")
22769
22770 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22771 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22772 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22773 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22774 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22775 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22776 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22777
22778 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22779 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22780 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22781 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22782 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22783 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22784
22785 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22786 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22787 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22788 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22789 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22790
22791 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22792 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22793 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22794 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22795 MSG is the message number,
22796 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22797 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22798
22799 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22800 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22801 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22802 this feature is required with `require'.
22803
22804 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22805 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22806
22807 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22808 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22809 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22810 the message is decoded as normal way.
22811
22812 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22813 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22814 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22815
22816 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22817 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22818 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22819
22820 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22821 Read and edit incoming mail.
22822 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22823 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22824 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22825
22826 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22827 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22828 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22829 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22830
22831 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22832
22833 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22834
22835 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22836 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22837 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22838 Instead, these commands are available:
22839
22840 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22841 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22842 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22843 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22844 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22845 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22846 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22847 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22848 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22849 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22850 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22851 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22852 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22853 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22854 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22855 till a deleted message is found.
22856 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22857 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22858 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22859 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22860 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22861 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22862 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22863 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22864 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22865 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22866 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22867 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22868 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22869 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22870 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22871 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22872 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22873 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22874 (label defaults to last one specified).
22875 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22876 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22877 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22878 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22879 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22880 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22881 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22882 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22883 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22884
22885 \(fn)" t nil)
22886
22887 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22888 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22889
22890 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22891
22892 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22893 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22894
22895 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22896
22897 ;;;***
22898 \f
22899 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22900 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22902
22903 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22904 Edit the contents of this message.
22905
22906 \(fn)" t nil)
22907
22908 ;;;***
22909 \f
22910 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22911 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22912 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17843 45622))
22913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22914
22915 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22916 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22917 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22918
22919 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22920
22921 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22922 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22923 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22924
22925 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22926
22927 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22928 Not documented
22929
22930 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22931
22932 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22933 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22934 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22935 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22936 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22937
22938 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22939
22940 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22941 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22942 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22943 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22944 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22945
22946 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22947
22948 ;;;***
22949 \f
22950 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22951 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22953
22954 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22955 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22956 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22957 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22958
22959 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22960
22961 ;;;***
22962 \f
22963 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22964 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22965 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17843 45622))
22966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22967
22968 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22969 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22970 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22971 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22972 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22973 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22974 a file name as a string.")
22975
22976 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22977
22978 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22979 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22980 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22981 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22982 buffer visiting that file.
22983 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22984 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22985
22986 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22987 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22988
22989 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22990 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22991
22992 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22993 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22994
22995 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22996
22997 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22998 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22999
23000 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23001
23002 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23003 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23004 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23005 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23006 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23007
23008 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23009 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23010 will be appended with their original headers.
23011
23012 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23013 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23014
23015 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23016 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23017
23018 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23019
23020 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23021
23022 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23023 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23024 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23025
23026 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23027
23028 ;;;***
23029 \f
23030 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23031 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23032 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17843
23033 ;;;;;; 45622))
23034 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23035
23036 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23037 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23038 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23039
23040 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23041
23042 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23043 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23044 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23045
23046 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23047
23048 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23049 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23050 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23051
23052 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23053
23054 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23055 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23056 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23057
23058 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23059
23060 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23061 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23062 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23063
23064 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23065
23066 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23067 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23068 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23069
23070 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23071
23072 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23073 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23074 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23075 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23076
23077 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23078
23079 ;;;***
23080 \f
23081 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23082 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23083 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23084 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23085 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17843 45622))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23087
23088 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23089 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23090
23091 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23092
23093 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23094 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23095
23096 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23097
23098 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23099 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23100
23101 \(fn)" t nil)
23102
23103 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23104 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23105 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23106
23107 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23108
23109 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23110 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23111 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23112 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23113 only look in the To and From fields.
23114 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23115
23116 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23117
23118 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23119 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23120 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23121 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23122 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23123
23124 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23125
23126 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23127 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23128 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23129 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23130 look in the whole message.
23131 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23132
23133 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23134
23135 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23136 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23137 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23138
23139 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23140
23141 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23142 *Function to decode summary-line.
23143
23144 By default, `identity' is set.")
23145
23146 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23147
23148 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23149 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23150 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23151 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23152 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23153 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23154 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23155
23156 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23157 sent by you under different user names.
23158 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23159
23160 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23161
23162 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23163
23164 ;;;***
23165 \f
23166 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23167 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23169
23170 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23171 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23172 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23173 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23174
23175 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23176
23177 ;;;***
23178 \f
23179 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23180 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17843 45612))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23182
23183 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23184 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23185
23186 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23187
23188 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23189 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23190
23191 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23192
23193 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23194 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23195
23196 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23197
23198 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23199 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23200 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23201
23202 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23203 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23204 in ROT13.
23205
23206 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23207
23208 \(fn)" t nil)
23209
23210 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23211 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23212
23213 \(fn)" t nil)
23214
23215 ;;;***
23216 \f
23217 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23218 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23219 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23220 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23221 ;;;;;; (17843 45625))
23222 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23223
23224 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23225 *This variable is obsolete.")
23226
23227 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23228
23229 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23230 *This variable is obsolete.")
23231
23232 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23233
23234 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23235 *This variable is obsolete.")
23236
23237 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23238
23239 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23240 *This variable is obsolete.")
23241
23242 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23243
23244 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23245 *This variable is obsolete.")
23246
23247 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23248
23249 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23250 *This variable is obsolete.")
23251
23252 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23253
23254 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23255 This function is obsolete.
23256
23257 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23258
23259 ;;;***
23260 \f
23261 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17838
23262 ;;;;;; 18033))
23263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23264
23265 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23266 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23267
23268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23269
23270 ;;;***
23271 \f
23272 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17843
23273 ;;;;;; 45615))
23274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23275
23276 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23277 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23278 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23279 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23280
23281 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23282
23283 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23284 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23285 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23286 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23287
23288 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23289 notation.
23290
23291 STRING
23292 matches string STRING literally.
23293
23294 CHAR
23295 matches character CHAR literally.
23296
23297 `not-newline', `nonl'
23298 matches any character except a newline.
23299 .
23300 `anything'
23301 matches any character
23302
23303 `(any SET ...)'
23304 `(in SET ...)'
23305 `(char SET ...)'
23306 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23307 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23308 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23309
23310 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23311 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23312 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23313 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23314
23315 `(not (any SET ...))'
23316 matches any character not in SET ...
23317
23318 `line-start', `bol'
23319 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23320 in the text being matched
23321
23322 `line-end', `eol'
23323 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23324
23325 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23327 string being matched against.
23328
23329 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23330 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23331 string being matched against.
23332
23333 `buffer-start'
23334 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23335 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23336
23337 `buffer-end'
23338 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23339 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23340
23341 `point'
23342 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23343
23344 `word-start', `bow'
23345 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23346 word.
23347
23348 `word-end', `eow'
23349 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23350
23351 `word-boundary'
23352 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23353 word.
23354
23355 `(not word-boundary)'
23356 `not-word-boundary'
23357 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23358 word.
23359
23360 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23361 matches 0 through 9.
23362
23363 `control', `cntrl'
23364 matches ASCII control characters.
23365
23366 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23367 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23368
23369 `blank'
23370 matches space and tab only.
23371
23372 `graphic', `graph'
23373 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23374 space, and DEL.
23375
23376 `printing', `print'
23377 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23378 and DEL.
23379
23380 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23381 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23382 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23383
23384 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23385 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23386 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23387
23388 `ascii'
23389 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23390
23391 `nonascii'
23392 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23393
23394 `lower', `lower-case'
23395 matches anything lower-case.
23396
23397 `upper', `upper-case'
23398 matches anything upper-case.
23399
23400 `punctuation', `punct'
23401 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23402 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23403
23404 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23405 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23406
23407 `word', `wordchar'
23408 matches anything that has word syntax.
23409
23410 `not-wordchar'
23411 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23412
23413 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23414 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23415 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23416 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23417
23418 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23419 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23420 `word' (\\sw)
23421 `symbol' (\\s_)
23422 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23423 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23424 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23425 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23426 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23427 `escape' (\\s\\)
23428 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23429 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23430 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23431 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23432 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23433
23434 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23435 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23436
23437 `(category CATEGORY)'
23438 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23439 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23440
23441 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23442 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23443 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23444 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23445 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23446 `symbol' (\\c5)
23447 `digit' (\\c6)
23448 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23449 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23450 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23451 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23452 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23453 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23454 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23455 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23456 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23457 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23458 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23459 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23460 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23461 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23462 `ascii' (\\ca)
23463 `arabic' (\\cb)
23464 `chinese' (\\cc)
23465 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23466 `greek' (\\cg)
23467 `korean' (\\ch)
23468 `indian' (\\ci)
23469 `japanese' (\\cj)
23470 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23471 `latin' (\\cl)
23472 `lao' (\\co)
23473 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23474 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23475 `thai' (\\ct)
23476 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23477 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23478 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23479 `can-break' (\\c|)
23480
23481 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23482 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23483
23484 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23485 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23486 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23487 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23488 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23489
23490 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23491 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23492 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23493 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23494
23495 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23496 another name for `submatch'.
23497
23498 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23499 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23501 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23502 regular expression.
23503
23504 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23505 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23506 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23507 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23508 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23509
23510 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23511 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23512
23513 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23514 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23515
23516 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23517 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23518 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23519
23520 `(* SEXP ...)'
23521 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23522 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23523
23524 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23525 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23526 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23527
23528 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23529 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23530 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23531
23532 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23533 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23534
23535 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23536 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23537
23538 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23539 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23540 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23541 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23542
23543 `(? SEXP ...)'
23544 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23545
23546 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23547 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23548
23549 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23550 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23551 matches N occurrences.
23552
23553 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23554 matches N or more occurrences.
23555
23556 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23557 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23558 matches N to M occurrences.
23559
23560 `(backref N)'
23561 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23562
23563 `(backref N)'
23564 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23565
23566 `(backref N)'
23567 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23568
23569 `(eval FORM)'
23570 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23571 `regexp-quote' it.
23572
23573 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23574 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23575
23576 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23577
23578 ;;;***
23579 \f
23580 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23581 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23582 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23583
23584 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23585 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23586 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23587 interface.")
23588
23589 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23590
23591 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23592 Toggle savehist-mode.
23593 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23594 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23595 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23596 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23597
23598 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23599 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23600 which is probably undesirable.
23601
23602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23603
23604 ;;;***
23605 \f
23606 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23607 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
23608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23609
23610 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23611 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23612 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23613
23614 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23615 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23616 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23617 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23618 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23619 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23620 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23621 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23622
23623 Commands:
23624 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23625 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23626 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23627 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23628 if that value is non-nil.
23629
23630 \(fn)" t nil)
23631
23632 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23633 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23634 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23635
23636 Commands:
23637 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23638 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23639 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23640 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23641 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23642 that variable's value is a string.
23643
23644 \(fn)" t nil)
23645
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23649 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23651
23652 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23653 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23654 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23655
23656 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23657
23658 \(fn)" t nil)
23659
23660 ;;;***
23661 \f
23662 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17843
23663 ;;;;;; 45625))
23664 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23665
23666 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23667 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23668 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23669 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23670
23671 Interesting variables:
23672
23673 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23674 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23675
23676 `scribe-electric-quote'
23677 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23678
23679 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23680 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23681 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23682
23683 \(fn)" t nil)
23684
23685 ;;;***
23686 \f
23687 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23688 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23689 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23690
23691 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23692 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23693 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23695 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23696 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23697
23698 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23699
23700 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23701 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23702 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23703 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23704 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23705
23706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23707
23708 ;;;***
23709 \f
23710 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23711 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
23712 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23713
23714 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23715 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23716 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23717 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23718 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23719 during scrolling.
23720
23721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23722
23723 ;;;***
23724 \f
23725 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23726 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23727 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23728 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23729 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23730 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23731 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23732 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23733 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17843 45622))
23734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23735
23736 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23737 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23738
23739 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23740 king@grassland.com
23741 If `parens', they look like:
23742 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23743 If `angles', they look like:
23744 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23745 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23746 derived from the envelope-from address.
23747
23748 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23749 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23750 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23751 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23752
23753 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23754
23755 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23756 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23757 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23758 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23759
23760 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23761 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23762 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23763 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23764
23765 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23766
23767 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23768 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23769 This is done when the message is initialized,
23770 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23771
23772 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23773
23774 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23775 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23776 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23777
23778 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23779
23780 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23781
23782 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23783 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23784 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23785 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23786 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23787 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23788 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23789
23790 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23791
23792 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23793 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23794
23795 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23796
23797 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23798 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23799 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23800
23801 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23802
23803 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23804 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23805 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23806 when you first send mail.")
23807
23808 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23809
23810 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23811 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23812 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23813 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23814 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23815
23816 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23817
23818 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23819 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23820 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23821 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23822 This file need not actually exist.")
23823
23824 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23825
23826 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23827 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23828 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23829
23830 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23831
23832 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23833 Alist of mail address aliases,
23834 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23835 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23836 can specify a different file name.)
23837 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23838 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23839
23840 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23841 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23842 nil means use indentation.")
23843
23844 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23845
23846 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23847 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23848 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23849
23850 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23851
23852 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23853 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23854 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23855 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23856 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23857 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23858 in the cited portion of the message.
23859
23860 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23861 instead of no action.")
23862
23863 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23864
23865 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23866 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23867 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23868 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23869 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23870
23871 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23872
23873 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23874 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23875 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23876 If a string, that string is inserted.
23877 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23878 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23879 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23880 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23881
23882 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23883
23884 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23885 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23886
23887 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23888
23889 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23890 Directory for mail buffers.
23891 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23892 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23893
23894 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23895
23896 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23897 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23898 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23899 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23900
23901 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23902
23903 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23904 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23905 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23906 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23907 is non-nil.")
23908
23909 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23910
23911 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23912 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23913 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23914 `query' means ask the user each time.
23915 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23916 The default is `mime'.
23917 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23918 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23919
23920 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23921
23922 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23923 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23924 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23925
23926 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23927 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23928
23929 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23930 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23931 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23932 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23933 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23934 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23935 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23936 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23937 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23938 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23939 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23940 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23941 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23942
23943 \(fn)" t nil)
23944
23945 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23946 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23947
23948 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23949 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23950
23951 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23952
23953 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23954 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23955 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23956 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23957 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23958 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23959
23960 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23961 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23962 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23963
23964 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23965 User should not set this variable manually,
23966 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23967 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23968 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23969 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23970
23971 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23972 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23973 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23974 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23975
23976 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23977 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23978
23979 \\<mail-mode-map>
23980 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23981
23982 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23983 to move to message header fields:
23984 \\{mail-mode-map}
23985
23986 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23987 when the message is initialized.
23988
23989 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23990 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23991
23992 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23993 is inserted.
23994
23995 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23996 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23997
23998 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23999 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24000 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24001 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24002 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24003 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24004 buffer without erasing the contents.
24005
24006 The second through fifth arguments,
24007 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24008 the initial contents of those header fields.
24009 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24010 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24011 original message being replied to, or else an action
24012 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24013 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24014 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24015 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24016 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24017 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24018
24019 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24020
24021 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24022 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24023
24024 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24025
24026 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24027 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24028
24029 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24030
24031 ;;;***
24032 \f
24033 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (17838 18033))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24036
24037 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24038 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24039 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24040 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24041 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24042 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24043
24044 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24045
24046 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24047
24048 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24049 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24050 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24052 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24053 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24054
24055 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24056
24057 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24058 Toggle Server mode.
24059 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24060 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24061 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24062
24063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24064
24065 ;;;***
24066 \f
24067 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17843 45612))
24068 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24069
24070 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24071 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24072 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24073
24074 Key definitions:
24075 \\{ses-mode-map}
24076 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24077 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24078 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24079 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24080
24081 \(fn)" t nil)
24082
24083 ;;;***
24084 \f
24085 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24086 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
24087 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24088
24089 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24090 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24091 Makes > match <.
24092 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24093 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24094
24095 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24096 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24097 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24098
24099 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24100 in your `.emacs' file.
24101
24102 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24103
24104 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24105 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24106 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24107
24108 \(fn)" t nil)
24109
24110 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24111
24112 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24113 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24114 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24115 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24116 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24117 which this is based.
24118
24119 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24120
24121 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24122 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24123 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24124 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24125
24126 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24127 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24128 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24129
24130 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24131 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24132 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24133 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24134
24135 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24136 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24137 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24138 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24139
24140 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24141
24142 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24143 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24144 To work around that, do:
24145 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24146
24147 \\{html-mode-map}
24148
24149 \(fn)" t nil)
24150
24151 ;;;***
24152 \f
24153 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24154 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
24155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24156 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24157
24158 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24159 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24160 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24161 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24162 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24163 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24164
24165 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24166 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24167 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24168 shell-specific features.
24169
24170 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24171 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24172 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24173 \\<sh-mode-map>
24174 \\[sh-case] case statement
24175 \\[sh-for] for loop
24176 \\[sh-function] function definition
24177 \\[sh-if] if statement
24178 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24179 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24180 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24181 \\[sh-select] select loop
24182 \\[sh-until] until loop
24183 \\[sh-while] while loop
24184
24185 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24186 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24187 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24188 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24189 would indent to the way it currently is.
24190 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24191 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24192
24193
24194 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24195 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24196 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24197 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24198 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24199 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24200
24201 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24202 {, (, [, ', \", `
24203 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24204
24205 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24206 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24207 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24208
24209 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24210 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24211
24212 \(fn)" t nil)
24213
24214 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24215
24216 ;;;***
24217 \f
24218 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17843 45617))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24220
24221 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24222 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24223 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24224 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24225 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24226 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24227
24228 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24229
24230 ;;;***
24231 \f
24232 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24233 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
24234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24235
24236 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24237 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24238
24239 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24240 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24241 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24242 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24243 the earlier.
24244
24245 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24246
24247 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24248
24249 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24250 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24251 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24252
24253 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24254 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24255
24256 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24257 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24258 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24259 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24260 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24261 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24262 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24263 Emacs version).
24264
24265 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24266 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24267 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24268 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24269 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24270
24271 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24272 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24273 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24274
24275 \(fn)" t nil)
24276
24277 ;;;***
24278 \f
24279 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24280 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17843
24281 ;;;;;; 45612))
24282 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24283
24284 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24285 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24286 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24287 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24288 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24289 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24290 in the cluster.
24291
24292 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24293
24294 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24295 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24296 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24297 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24298 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24299
24300 \(fn)" t nil)
24301
24302 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24303 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24304 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24305 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24306 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24307 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24308 `shadow-define-cluster').
24309
24310 \(fn)" t nil)
24311
24312 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24313 Set up file shadowing.
24314
24315 \(fn)" t nil)
24316
24317 ;;;***
24318 \f
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24320 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24322
24323 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24324 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24325 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24326 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24327 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24328 arguments.")
24329
24330 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24331
24332 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24333 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24334 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24335 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24336 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24337 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24338 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24339 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24340 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24341 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24342 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24343 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24344 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24345 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24346
24347 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24348 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24349 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24350 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24351 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24352 `default-process-coding-system'.
24353
24354 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24355 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24356 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24357 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24358
24359 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24360
24361 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24362 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24363
24364 ;;;***
24365 \f
24366 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24367 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17843 45617))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24369
24370 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24371 Not documented
24372
24373 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24374
24375 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24376 Not documented
24377
24378 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24379
24380 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24381 Not documented
24382
24383 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24384
24385 ;;;***
24386 \f
24387 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24388 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24390
24391 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24392 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24393 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24394 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24395 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24396
24397 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24398
24399 \(fn)" t nil)
24400
24401 ;;;***
24402 \f
24403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17843 45612))
24404 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24405 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24406
24407 ;;;***
24408 \f
24409 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17843
24410 ;;;;;; 45629))
24411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24412
24413 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24414 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24415 \\{simula-mode-map}
24416 Variables controlling indentation style:
24417 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24418 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24419 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24420 `simula-indent-level'
24421 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24422 `simula-substatement-offset'
24423 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24424 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24425 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24426 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24427 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24428 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24429 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24430 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24431 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24432 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24433 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24434 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24435 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24436 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24437 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24438 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24439 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24440 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24441 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24442 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24443 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24444 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24445 or nil if they should not be changed.
24446 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24447 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24448 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24449 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24450
24451 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24452 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24453
24454 \(fn)" t nil)
24455
24456 ;;;***
24457 \f
24458 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24459 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17843 45612))
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24461
24462 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24463 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24464
24465 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24466 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24467 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24468 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24469
24470 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24471
24472 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24473 Insert SKELETON.
24474 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24475 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24476 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24477 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24478 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24479
24480 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24481 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24482
24483 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24484
24485 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24486 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24487
24488 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24489 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24490 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24491 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24492
24493 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24494 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24495 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24496 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24497
24498 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24499 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24500 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24501
24502 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24503 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24504
24505 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24506 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24507
24508 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24509 _ interesting point, interregion here
24510 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24511 interesting point set by _
24512 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24513 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24514 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24515 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24516 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24517 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24518 nil skipped
24519
24520 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24521 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24522
24523 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24524 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24525 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24526 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24527 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24528 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24529 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24530 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24531
24532 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24533 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24534 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24535 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24536 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24537 available:
24538
24539 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24540 then: insert previously read string once more
24541 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24542 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24543 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24544
24545 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24546 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24547
24548 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24549
24550 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24551 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24552
24553 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24554 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24555 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24556 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24557 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24558 such as backslash.
24559
24560 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24561 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24562 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24563
24564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24565
24566 ;;;***
24567 \f
24568 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24569 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24571
24572 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24573 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24574 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24575 buffer names.
24576
24577 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24578
24579 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24580 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24581 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24582
24583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24584
24585 ;;;***
24586 \f
24587 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24588 ;;;;;; (17843 45617))
24589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24590
24591 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24592 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24593 A list of images is returned.
24594
24595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24596
24597 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24598 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24599 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24600
24601 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24602
24603 ;;;***
24604 \f
24605 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24606 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17843 45622))
24607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24608
24609 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24610 Not documented
24611
24612 \(fn)" nil nil)
24613
24614 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24615 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24616
24617 \(fn)" t nil)
24618
24619 ;;;***
24620 \f
24621 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17843 45626))
24622 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24623
24624 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24625 Play the Snake game.
24626 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24627
24628 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24629
24630 Snake mode keybindings:
24631 \\<snake-mode-map>
24632 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24633 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24634 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24635 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24636 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24637 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24638 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24639
24640 \(fn)" t nil)
24641
24642 ;;;***
24643 \f
24644 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24645 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24647
24648 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24649 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24650 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24651 Tab indents for C code.
24652 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24654 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24655 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24656 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24657
24658 \(fn)" t nil)
24659
24660 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24661 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24662 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24663 Tab indents for C code.
24664 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24665 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24666 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24667 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24668 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24669
24670 \(fn)" t nil)
24671
24672 ;;;***
24673 \f
24674 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24675 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24676 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17843 45615))
24677 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24678
24679 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24680 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24681
24682 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24683 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24684 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24685
24686 For example, the form
24687
24688 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24689 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24690
24691 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24692
24693 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24694
24695 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24696 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24697
24698 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24699 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24700 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24701 York City.
24702
24703 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24704
24705 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24706
24707 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24708 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24709
24710 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24711 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24712 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24713 York City.
24714
24715 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24716
24717 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24718
24719 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24720 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24721 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24722 pair.
24723
24724 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24725
24726 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24727
24728 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24729 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24730 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24731
24732 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24733 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24734
24735 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24736
24737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24738
24739 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24740 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24741 Requires floating point.
24742
24743 \(fn)" nil nil)
24744
24745 ;;;***
24746 \f
24747 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17843
24748 ;;;;;; 45626))
24749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24750
24751 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24752 Play Solitaire.
24753
24754 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24755 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24756 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24757 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24758 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24759 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24760 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24761 check after each move or undo)
24762
24763 What is Solitaire?
24764
24765 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24766 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24767 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24768
24769 Le Solitaire
24770 ============
24771
24772 o o o
24773
24774 o o o
24775
24776 o o o o o o o
24777
24778 o o o . o o o
24779
24780 o o o o o o o
24781
24782 o o o
24783
24784 o o o
24785
24786 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24787 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24788 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24789 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24790
24791 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24792 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24793 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24794 this: o o .
24795
24796 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24797 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24798
24799 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24800
24801 o o o
24802
24803 . o o
24804
24805 o o . o o o o
24806
24807 o . o o o o o
24808
24809 o o o o o o o
24810
24811 o o o
24812
24813 o o o
24814
24815 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24816
24817 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24818
24819 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24820
24821 ;;;***
24822 \f
24823 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24824 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24825 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17843 45612))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24827
24828 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24829 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24830
24831 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24832 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24833 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24834 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24835 contiguous.
24836
24837 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24838 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24839 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24840 the sort order.
24841
24842 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24843 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24844
24845 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24846 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24847 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24848 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24849 is called.
24850
24851 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24852 It should move point to the end of the record.
24853
24854 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24855 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24856 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24857 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24858 starts at the beginning of the record.
24859
24860 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24861 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24862 same as ENDRECFUN.
24863
24864 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24865 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24866
24867 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24868
24869 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24870 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24871 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24872 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24873 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24874 the sort order.
24875
24876 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24877
24878 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24879 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24880 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24881 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24882 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24883 the sort order.
24884
24885 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24886
24887 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24888 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24889 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24890 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24891 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24892 the sort order.
24893
24894 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24895
24896 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24897 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24898 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24899 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24900 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24901 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24902 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24903 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24904 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24905
24906 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24907
24908 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24909 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24910 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24911 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24912 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24913 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24914 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24915 the sort order.
24916
24917 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24918
24919 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24920 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24921 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24922 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24923 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24924 is to be used for sorting.
24925 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24926 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24927 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24928 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24929 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24930
24931 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24932
24933 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24934 the sort order.
24935
24936 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24937 starting with the letter \"f\",
24938 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24939
24940 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24941
24942 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24943 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24944 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24945 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24946 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24947 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24949 the sort order.
24950
24951 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24952 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24953 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24954 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24955 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24956
24957 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24958
24959 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24960 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24961 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24962
24963 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24964
24965 ;;;***
24966 \f
24967 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17843
24968 ;;;;;; 45617))
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24970
24971 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24972 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24973
24974 \(fn)" t nil)
24975
24976 ;;;***
24977 \f
24978 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24979 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24980 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17843 45617))
24981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24982
24983 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24984 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24985
24986 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24987 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24988 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24989
24990 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24991
24992 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24993 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24994 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24995 server.
24996
24997 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24998
24999 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25000 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25001 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25002
25003 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25004
25005 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25006 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25007 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25008 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25009 Agent is plugged.
25010
25011 \(fn)" t nil)
25012
25013 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25014 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25015 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25016 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25017
25018 \(fn)" t nil)
25019
25020 ;;;***
25021 \f
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25023 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17843 45612))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25025
25026 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25027
25028 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25029 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25030 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25031 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25032 supported at a time.
25033 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25034 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25035
25036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25037
25038 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25039 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25040 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25041 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25042
25043 \(fn)" t nil)
25044
25045 ;;;***
25046 \f
25047 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25048 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17843 45630))
25049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25050
25051 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25052
25053 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25054 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25055 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25056 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25057 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25058 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25059
25060 \(fn)" t nil)
25061
25062 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25063 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25064 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25065 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25066
25067 \(fn)" t nil)
25068
25069 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25070 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25071 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25072 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25073 for example, \"word\".
25074
25075 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25076
25077 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25078 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25079
25080 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25081
25082 ;;;***
25083 \f
25084 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17843
25085 ;;;;;; 45626))
25086 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25087
25088 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25089 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25090
25091 \(fn)" t nil)
25092
25093 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25094 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25095
25096 \(fn)" nil nil)
25097
25098 ;;;***
25099 \f
25100 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25101 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25102 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25103 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17843
25104 ;;;;;; 45629))
25105 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25106
25107 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25108 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25109
25110 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25111 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25112 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25113 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25114 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25115 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25116 of the current highlighting list.
25117
25118 For example:
25119
25120 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25121 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25122
25123 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25124 `_t' as data types.
25125
25126 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25127
25128 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25129 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25130
25131 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25132 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25133
25134 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25135
25136 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25137 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25138 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25139
25140 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25141
25142 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25143 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25144 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25145 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25146 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25147 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25148 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25149 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25150 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25151
25152 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25153
25154 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25155 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25156 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25157 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25158
25159 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25160 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25161 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25162 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25163
25164 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25165 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25166 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25167
25168 \(fn)" t nil)
25169
25170 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25171 Major mode to edit SQL.
25172
25173 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25174 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25175 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25176
25177 \\{sql-mode-map}
25178 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25179
25180 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25181 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25182 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25183 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25184 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25185 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25186
25187 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25188 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25189
25190 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25191 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25192 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25193
25194 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25195 (lambda ()
25196 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25197
25198 \(fn)" t nil)
25199
25200 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25201 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25202
25203 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25204 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25205 `*SQL*'.
25206
25207 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25208
25209 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25210
25211 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25212 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25213
25214 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25215 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25216 `*SQL*'.
25217
25218 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25219 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25220 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25221 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25222
25223 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25224 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25225
25226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25227 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25228 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25231 `default-process-coding-system'.
25232
25233 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25238 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25239
25240 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25241 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25242 `*SQL*'.
25243
25244 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25245 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25246 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25247 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25248
25249 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25250 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25251
25252 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25253 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25254 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25255 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25256 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25257 `default-process-coding-system'.
25258
25259 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25260
25261 \(fn)" t nil)
25262
25263 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25264 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25265
25266 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25267 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25268 `*SQL*'.
25269
25270 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25271 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25272
25273 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25274 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25275
25276 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25277 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25278 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25279 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25280 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25281 `default-process-coding-system'.
25282
25283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25284
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25288 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25289
25290 SQLite is free software.
25291
25292 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25293 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25294 `*SQL*'.
25295
25296 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25297 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25298 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25299 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25300
25301 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25302 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25303
25304 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25305 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25306 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25307 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25308 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25309 `default-process-coding-system'.
25310
25311 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25312
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25314
25315 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25316 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25317
25318 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25319
25320 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25321 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25322 `*SQL*'.
25323
25324 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25325 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25326 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25327 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25328
25329 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25330 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25331
25332 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25333 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25334 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25335 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25336 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25337 `default-process-coding-system'.
25338
25339 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25340
25341 \(fn)" t nil)
25342
25343 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25344 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25345
25346 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25348 `*SQL*'.
25349
25350 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25351 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25352 defaults, if set.
25353
25354 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25355 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25356
25357 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25358 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25359 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25360 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25361 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25362 `default-process-coding-system'.
25363
25364 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25365
25366 \(fn)" t nil)
25367
25368 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25369 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25370
25371 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25372 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25373 `*SQL*'.
25374
25375 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25376 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25377
25378 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25379 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25380
25381 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25382 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25383 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25384 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25385 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25386 `default-process-coding-system'.
25387
25388 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25389
25390 \(fn)" t nil)
25391
25392 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25393 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25394
25395 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25396 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25397 `*SQL*'.
25398
25399 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25400 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25401 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25402 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25403
25404 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25405 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25406
25407 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25408 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25409 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25410 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25411 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25412 `default-process-coding-system'.
25413
25414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25415
25416 \(fn)" t nil)
25417
25418 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25419 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25420
25421 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25422 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25423 `*SQL*'.
25424
25425 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25426 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25427 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25428 `sql-postgres-options'.
25429
25430 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25431 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25432
25433 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25434 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25435 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25436 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25437 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25438 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25439 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25440 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25441
25442 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25443 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25444
25445 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25446
25447 \(fn)" t nil)
25448
25449 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25450 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25451
25452 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25453 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25454 `*SQL*'.
25455
25456 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25457 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25458 defaults, if set.
25459
25460 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25461 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25462
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25469
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25471
25472 \(fn)" t nil)
25473
25474 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25475 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25476
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25479 `*SQL*'.
25480
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25482 automatic login.
25483
25484 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25485 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25486
25487 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25488 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25489 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25490 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25491
25492 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25493 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25494 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25495 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25496 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25497 `default-process-coding-system'.
25498
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500
25501 \(fn)" t nil)
25502
25503 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25504 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25505
25506 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25507 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25508 `*SQL*'.
25509
25510 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25511 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25512 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25513 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25514 parameters.
25515
25516 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25517 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25518 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25519 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25520 an empty password.
25521
25522 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25523 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25524
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526
25527 \(fn)" t nil)
25528
25529 ;;;***
25530 \f
25531 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25532 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25533 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25534 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25535 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17843
25536 ;;;;;; 45612))
25537 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25538
25539 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25540 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25541 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25542 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25543 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25544 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25545
25546 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25547
25548 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25549
25550 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25551 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25552 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25553 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25554 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25555 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25556 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25557
25558 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25559
25560 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25561 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25562 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25563 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25564 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25565 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25566 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25567
25568 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25569
25570 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25571 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25572 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25573
25574 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25575
25576 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25577 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25578 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25579
25580 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25581
25582 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25583 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25584
25585 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25586
25587 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25588 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25589
25590 \(fn)" t nil)
25591
25592 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25593 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25594
25595 \(fn)" t nil)
25596
25597 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25598 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25599 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25600 chronologically by command name.
25601 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25602
25603 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25604
25605 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25606 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25607 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25610 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25611
25612 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25613
25614 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25615 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25616 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25617 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25618 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25619 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25620 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25621
25622 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25623 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25624 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25625 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25626
25627 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25628
25629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25630
25631 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25632 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25633 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25634 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25635
25636 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25637
25638 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25639 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25640
25641 \(fn)" t nil)
25642
25643 ;;;***
25644 \f
25645 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25646 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25647 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25648
25649 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25650 Studlify-case the region.
25651
25652 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25653
25654 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25655 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25656
25657 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25658
25659 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25660 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25661
25662 \(fn)" t nil)
25663
25664 ;;;***
25665 \f
25666 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17843 45612))
25667 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25668
25669 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25670 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25671 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25672 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25673 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25674 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25675
25676 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25677 is used instead of `load-path'.
25678
25679 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25680 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25681 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25682
25683 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25684
25685 ;;;***
25686 \f
25687 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25688 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
25689 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25690
25691 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25692 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25693 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25694 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25695 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25696 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25697 original message but it does require a few things:
25698
25699 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25700
25701 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25702 reply buffer.
25703
25704 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25705 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25706 original message.
25707
25708 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25709
25710 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25711
25712 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25713 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25714 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25715
25716 \(fn)" nil nil)
25717
25718 ;;;***
25719 \f
25720 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17842 25773))
25721 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25722
25723 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25724 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25725 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25728 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25729
25730 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25731
25732 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25733 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25734 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25735
25736 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25737
25738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25739
25740 ;;;***
25741 \f
25742 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17843 45612))
25743 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25744
25745 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25746 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25747 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25748 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25749 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25750
25751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25752
25753 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25754 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25755 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25756 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25757 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25758 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25759 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25760
25761 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25762
25763 ;;;***
25764 \f
25765 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25766 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25767 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25768 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25769 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25770 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25771 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25772 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25773 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25774 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25775 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25776 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25777 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17843 45630))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25779
25780 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25781 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25782 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25783
25784 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25785
25786 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25787 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25788
25789 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25790
25791 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25792 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25793
25794 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25795
25796 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25797 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25798
25799 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25800
25801 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25802 Insert an editable text table.
25803 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25804 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25805 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25806 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25807 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25808 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25809 delimiting them.
25810
25811 Examples:
25812
25813 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25814
25815 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25816 location of point.
25817
25818 -!-
25819
25820 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25821 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25822 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25823 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25824 first cell.
25825
25826 +-----+-----+-----+
25827 |-!- | | |
25828 +-----+-----+-----+
25829
25830 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25831
25832 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25833 width, which results as
25834
25835 +--------------+-----+-----+
25836 |-!- | | |
25837 +--------------+-----+-----+
25838
25839 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25840 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25841
25842 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25843 | | |-!- |
25844 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25845
25846 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25847 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25848 width information to `table-insert'.
25849
25850 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25851
25852 instead of
25853
25854 Cell width(s): 5
25855
25856 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25857 work all together.
25858
25859 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25860 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25861
25862 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25863 |-!- | | |
25864 | | | |
25865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25866
25867 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25868
25869 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25870 |-!- | | |
25871 | | | |
25872 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25873 | | | |
25874 | | | |
25875 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25876
25877 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25878
25879 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25880 | | | |
25881 | | | |
25882 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25883 | | | |
25884 | | | |
25885 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25886 -!-
25887
25888 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25889 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25890 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25891
25892 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25893 | | | |
25894 | | | |
25895 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25896 | | | |
25897 | | | |
25898 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25899 |-!- | | |
25900 | | | |
25901 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25902
25903 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25904 results.
25905
25906 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25907 | | | |
25908 | | | |
25909 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25910 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25911 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25912 | | |expected results.-!- |
25913 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25914 | | | |
25915 | | | |
25916 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25917
25918 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25919
25920 \\{table-cell-map}
25921
25922 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25923
25924 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25925 Insert N table row(s).
25926 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25927 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25928 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25929 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25930
25931 \(fn N)" t nil)
25932
25933 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25934 Insert N table column(s).
25935 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25936 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25937 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25938 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25939
25940 \(fn N)" t nil)
25941
25942 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25943 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25944 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25945
25946 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25947
25948 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25949 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25950 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25951 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25952 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25953 all the table specific features.
25954
25955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25956
25957 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25958 Not documented
25959
25960 \(fn)" t nil)
25961
25962 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25963 Recognize all tables within region.
25964 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25965 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25966 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25967 specific features.
25968
25969 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25970
25971 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25972 Not documented
25973
25974 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25975
25976 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25977 Recognize a table at point.
25978 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25979 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25980 the table specific features.
25981
25982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25983
25984 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25985 Not documented
25986
25987 \(fn)" t nil)
25988
25989 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25990 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25991 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25992 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25993 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25994 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25995 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25996
25997 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25998
25999 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26000 Not documented
26001
26002 \(fn)" t nil)
26003
26004 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26005 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26006 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26007 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26008 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26009 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26010 specified.
26011
26012 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26013
26014 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26015 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26016 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26017 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26018 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26019 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26020 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26021 table structure.
26022
26023 \(fn N)" t nil)
26024
26025 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26026 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26027 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26028 table's rectangle structure.
26029
26030 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26031
26032 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26033 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26034 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26035 table's rectangle structure.
26036
26037 \(fn N)" t nil)
26038
26039 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26040 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26041 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26042 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26043 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26044
26045 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26046
26047 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26048 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26049 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26050
26051 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26052 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26053 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26054 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26055 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26056 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26057 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26058
26059 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26060 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26061 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26062 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26063 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26064 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26065 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26066
26067 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26068 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26069 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26070 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26071 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26072 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26073 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26074 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26075
26076 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26077
26078 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26079 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26080 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26081 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26082
26083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26084
26085 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26086 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26087 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26088
26089 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26090
26091 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26092 Split current cell vertically.
26093 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26094
26095 \(fn)" t nil)
26096
26097 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26098 Split current cell horizontally.
26099 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26100
26101 \(fn)" t nil)
26102
26103 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26104 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26105 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26106
26107 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26108
26109 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26110 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26111 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26112 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26113
26114 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26115
26116 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26117 Justify cell contents.
26118 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26119 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26120 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26121 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26122
26123 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26124
26125 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26126 Justify cells of a row.
26127 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26128 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26129
26130 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26131
26132 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26133 Justify cells of a column.
26134 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26135 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26136
26137 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26138
26139 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26140 Toggle fixing width mode.
26141 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26142 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26143 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26144
26145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26146
26147 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26148 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26149 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26150 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26151 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26152 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26153 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26154 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26155 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26156 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26157 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26158
26159 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26160
26161 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26162 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26163 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26164 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26165 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26166 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26167 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26168 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26169 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26170 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26171 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26172 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26173 untouched.
26174
26175 References used for this implementation:
26176
26177 HTML:
26178 http://www.w3.org
26179
26180 LaTeX:
26181 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26182
26183 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26184 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26185 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26186
26187 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26188
26189 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26190 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26191 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26192 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26193 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26194 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26195 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26196 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26197 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26198 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26199 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26200 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26201 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26202 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26203 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26204 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26205 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26206
26207 Example:
26208
26209 (progn
26210 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26211 (table-forward-cell 15)
26212 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26213 (table-forward-cell 16)
26214 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26215 (table-forward-cell 1)
26216 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26217
26218 (progn
26219 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26220 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26221 (table-forward-cell 1)
26222 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26223
26224 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26225
26226 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26227 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26228 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26229 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26230 consists from cells of same height.
26231
26232 \(fn N)" t nil)
26233
26234 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26235 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26236 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26237 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26238 column must consists from cells of same width.
26239
26240 \(fn N)" t nil)
26241
26242 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26243 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26244 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26245 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26246 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26247 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26248 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26249 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26250 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26251 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26252 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26253 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26254 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26255 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26256 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26257
26258
26259 Example 1:
26260
26261 1, 2, 3, 4
26262 5, 6, 7, 8
26263 , 9, 10
26264
26265 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26266 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26267 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26268 specified as 5.
26269
26270 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26271 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26272 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26273 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26274 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26275 | | 9 | 10 | |
26276 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26277
26278 Note:
26279
26280 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26281 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26282 of each row is optional.
26283
26284
26285 Example 2:
26286
26287 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26288 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26289 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26290 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26291 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26292
26293 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26294 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26295
26296 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26297 expression and raw delimiter regular
26298 expression, it parses the specified text
26299 area and extracts cell items from
26300 non-table text and then forms a table out
26301 of them.
26302
26303 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26304 creates a single cell table. The text in
26305 the specified region is placed in that
26306 cell.-*-
26307
26308 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26309 like this.
26310
26311 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26312 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26313 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26314 | |
26315 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26316 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26317 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26318 | area and extracts cell items from |
26319 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26320 | of them. |
26321 | |
26322 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26323 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26324 | the specified region is placed in that |
26325 | cell. |
26326 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26327
26328 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26329 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26330 independently.
26331
26332 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26333 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26334 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26335 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26336 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26337 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26338 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26339 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26340 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26341 | |of them. |
26342 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26343 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26344 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26345 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26346 | |cell. |
26347 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26348
26349 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26350 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26351 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26352
26353 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26354
26355 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26356 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26357 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26358 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26359 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26360
26361 \(fn)" t nil)
26362
26363 ;;;***
26364 \f
26365 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17843 45612))
26366 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26367
26368 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26369 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26370
26371 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26372
26373 ;;;***
26374 \f
26375 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17843 45612))
26376 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26377
26378 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26379 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26380 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26381 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26382 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26383 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26384 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26385
26386 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26387 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26388 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26389 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26390
26391 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26392 \\{tar-mode-map}
26393
26394 \(fn)" t nil)
26395
26396 ;;;***
26397 \f
26398 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17843 45629))
26400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26401
26402 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26403 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26404 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26405 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26406 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26407 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26408
26409 Variables controlling indentation style:
26410 `tcl-indent-level'
26411 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26412 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26413 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26414
26415 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26416 documentation for details):
26417 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26418 Controls action of TAB key.
26419 `tcl-auto-newline'
26420 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26421 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26422 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26423 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26424 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26425
26426 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26427 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26428 already exist.
26429
26430 Commands:
26431 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26432
26433 \(fn)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26436 Run inferior Tcl process.
26437 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26438 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26439
26440 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26443 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26444 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26445
26446 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26447
26448 ;;;***
26449 \f
26450 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17843 45624))
26451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26452 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26453
26454 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26455 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26456 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26457 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26458
26459 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26460 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26461 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26462 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26463 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26464
26465 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26466 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26467
26468 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26469 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26470 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26471 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26472
26473 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26474
26475 ;;;***
26476 \f
26477 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17843
26478 ;;;;;; 45612))
26479 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26480
26481 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26482 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26483 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26484 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26485 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26486 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26487
26488 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26489
26490 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26491 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26492 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26493 commands to use in that buffer.
26494
26495 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26496
26497 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26498
26499 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26500 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26501
26502 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26503
26504 ;;;***
26505 \f
26506 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17843
26507 ;;;;;; 45612))
26508 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26509
26510 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26511 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26512 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26513 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26514 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26515 program as keyboard input.
26516
26517 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26518 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26519 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26520 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26521
26522 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26523 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26524 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26525 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26526 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26527
26528 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26529
26530 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26531 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26532 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26533 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26534
26535 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26536 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26537 subprocess started.
26538
26539 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26540
26541 ;;;***
26542 \f
26543 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26544 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
26545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26546
26547 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26548 Start coverage on function under point.
26549
26550 \(fn)" t nil)
26551
26552 ;;;***
26553 \f
26554 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17843 45626))
26555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26556
26557 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26558 Play the Tetris game.
26559 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26560 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26561 as to form complete rows.
26562
26563 tetris-mode keybindings:
26564 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26565 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26566 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26567 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26568 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26569 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26570 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26571 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26572 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26573
26574 \(fn)" t nil)
26575
26576 ;;;***
26577 \f
26578 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26579 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26580 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26581 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26582 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26583 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26584 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26585 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
26586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26587
26588 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26589 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26590
26591 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26592
26593 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26594 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26595 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26596 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26597 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26598
26599 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26600
26601 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26602 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26603 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26604 if it matches the first line of the file,
26605 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26606
26607 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26608
26609 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26610 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26611 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26612 if the variable is non-nil.")
26613
26614 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26615
26616 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26617 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26618
26619 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26620
26621 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26622 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26623 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26624 See the documentation of that variable.")
26625
26626 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26627
26628 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26629 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26630 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26631 See the documentation of that variable.")
26632
26633 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26634
26635 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26636 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26637 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26638 See the documentation of that variable.")
26639
26640 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26641
26642 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26643 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26644 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26645 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26646 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26647
26648 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26649
26650 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26651 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26652 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26653 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26654
26655 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26656
26657 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26658 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26659 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26660
26661 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26662
26663 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26664 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26665 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26666 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26667
26668 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26669
26670 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26671 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26672 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26673 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26674
26675 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26676
26677 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26678 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26679 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26680 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26681
26682 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26683 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26684 for example,
26685
26686 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26687 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26688
26689 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26690 use.")
26691
26692 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26693
26694 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26695 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26696 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26697 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26698 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26699
26700 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26701
26702 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26703
26704 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26705 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26706 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26707
26708 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26709
26710 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26711 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26712 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26713 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26714 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26715
26716 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26717
26718 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26719 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26720
26721 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26722
26723 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26724 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26725
26726 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26727
26728 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26729 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26730 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26731 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26732 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26733 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26734 says which mode to use.
26735
26736 \(fn)" t nil)
26737
26738 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26739
26740 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26741
26742 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26743
26744 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26745 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26746 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26747 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26748 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26749
26750 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26751 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26752 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26753 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26754 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26755 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26756 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26757
26758 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26759 mismatched $'s or braces.
26760
26761 Special commands:
26762 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26763
26764 Mode variables:
26765 tex-run-command
26766 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26767 tex-directory
26768 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26769 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26770 tex-dvi-print-command
26771 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26772 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26773 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26774 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26775 tex-dvi-view-command
26776 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26777 tex-show-queue-command
26778 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26779 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26780
26781 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26782 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26783 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26784
26785 \(fn)" t nil)
26786
26787 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26788 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26789 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26790 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26791 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26792
26793 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26794 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26795 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26796 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26797 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26798 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26799 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26800
26801 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26802 mismatched $'s or braces.
26803
26804 Special commands:
26805 \\{latex-mode-map}
26806
26807 Mode variables:
26808 latex-run-command
26809 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26810 tex-directory
26811 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26812 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26813 tex-dvi-print-command
26814 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26815 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26816 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26817 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26818 tex-dvi-view-command
26819 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26820 tex-show-queue-command
26821 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26822 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26823
26824 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26825 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26826 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26827
26828 \(fn)" t nil)
26829
26830 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26831 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26832 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26833 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26834 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26835
26836 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26837 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26838 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26839 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26840 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26841 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26842 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26843
26844 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26845 mismatched $'s or braces.
26846
26847 Special commands:
26848 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26849
26850 Mode variables:
26851 slitex-run-command
26852 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26853 tex-directory
26854 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26855 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26856 tex-dvi-print-command
26857 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26858 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26859 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26860 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26861 tex-dvi-view-command
26862 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26863 tex-show-queue-command
26864 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26865 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26866
26867 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26868 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26869 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26870 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26871
26872 \(fn)" t nil)
26873
26874 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26875 Not documented
26876
26877 \(fn)" nil nil)
26878
26879 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26880 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26881
26882 \(fn)" t nil)
26883
26884 ;;;***
26885 \f
26886 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26887 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17843 45630))
26888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26889
26890 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26891 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26892 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26893 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26894
26895 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26896 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26897 Info-split to do these manually.
26898
26899 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26900
26901 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26902 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26903 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26904 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26905 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26906
26907 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26908
26909 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26910 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26911 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26912 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26913
26914 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26915 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26916 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26917 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26918
26919 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26920 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26921
26922 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26923
26924 ;;;***
26925 \f
26926 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26927 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17843 45630))
26928 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26929
26930 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26931 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26932
26933 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26934
26935 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26936 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26937
26938 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26939
26940 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26941 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26942
26943 It has these extra commands:
26944 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26945
26946 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26947 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26948 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26949 modified version of TeX input format.
26950
26951 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26952 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26953 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26954 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26955
26956 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26957 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26958 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26959 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26960 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26961 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26962 in the Texinfo file.
26963
26964 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26965 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26966 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26967 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26968 move forward past the closing brace.
26969
26970 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26971 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26972
26973 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26974 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26975 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26976
26977 Here are the functions:
26978
26979 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26980 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26981 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26982
26983 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26984 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26985 texinfo-master-menu
26986
26987 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26988
26989 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26990 which menu descriptions are indented.
26991
26992 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26993 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26994 in the region.
26995
26996 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26997 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26998 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26999 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27000
27001 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27002 be the first node in the file.
27003
27004 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27005 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27006
27007 \(fn)" t nil)
27008
27009 ;;;***
27010 \f
27011 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27012 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27013 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27014 ;;;;;; (17843 45621))
27015 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27016
27017 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27018 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27019 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27020 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27021
27022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27023
27024 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27025 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27026
27027 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27028
27029 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27030 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27031
27032 \(fn)" t nil)
27033
27034 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27035 Not documented
27036
27037 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27038
27039 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27040 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27041 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27042 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27043 to compose.
27044
27045 The return value is number of composed characters.
27046
27047 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27048
27049 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27050 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27051
27052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27053
27054 ;;;***
27055 \f
27056 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27057 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27058 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17843 45612))
27059 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27060
27061 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27062 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27063
27064 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27065
27066 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27067 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27068 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27069 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27070 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27071
27072 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27073 a symbol as a valid THING.
27074
27075 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27076 of the textual entity that was found.
27077
27078 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27079
27080 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27081 Return the THING at point.
27082 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27083 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27084 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27085
27086 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27087 a symbol as a valid THING.
27088
27089 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27090
27091 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27092 Not documented
27093
27094 \(fn)" nil nil)
27095
27096 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27097 Not documented
27098
27099 \(fn)" nil nil)
27100
27101 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27102 Not documented
27103
27104 \(fn)" nil nil)
27105
27106 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27107 Not documented
27108
27109 \(fn)" nil nil)
27110
27111 ;;;***
27112 \f
27113 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27114 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27115 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27116 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27117
27118 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27119 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27120
27121 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27122
27123 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27124 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27125 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27126 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27127
27128 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27129
27130 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27131 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27132
27133 \(fn)" t nil)
27134
27135 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27136 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27137
27138 \(fn)" t nil)
27139
27140 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27141
27142 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27143 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27144
27145 \(fn)" t nil)
27146
27147 ;;;***
27148 \f
27149 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27150 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27151 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27152 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27153 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27154 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17843 45621))
27155 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27156
27157 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27158 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27159 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27160
27161 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27162
27163 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27164 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27165
27166 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27167
27168 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27169 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27170 The returned string has no composition information.
27171
27172 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27173
27174 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27175 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27176
27177 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27178
27179 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27180 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27181
27182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27183
27184 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27185 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27186 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27187 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27188
27189 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27190
27191 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27192 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27193 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27194 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27195
27196 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27197
27198 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27199 Not documented
27200
27201 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27202
27203 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27204 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27205 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27206
27207 \(fn)" t nil)
27208
27209 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27210 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27211 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27212
27213 \(fn)" t nil)
27214
27215 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27216 Not documented
27217
27218 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27219
27220 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27221 Not documented
27222
27223 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27224
27225 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27226 Not documented
27227
27228 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27229
27230 ;;;***
27231 \f
27232 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27233 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
27234 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27235
27236 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27237 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27238 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27239 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27240 parameters.
27241 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27242
27243 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27244
27245 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27246 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27247 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27248 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27249 parameters.
27250 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27251
27252 \(fn)" t nil)
27253
27254 ;;;***
27255 \f
27256 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27257 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17843 45612))
27258 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27259
27260 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27261 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27262
27263 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27264
27265 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27266 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27267 This display updates automatically every minute.
27268 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27269 are displayed as well.
27270 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27271
27272 \(fn)" t nil)
27273
27274 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27275 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27276 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27279 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27280
27281 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27282
27283 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27284 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27285 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27286
27287 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27288 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27289 are displayed as well.
27290 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27291
27292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27293
27294 ;;;***
27295 \f
27296 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27297 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27298 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27299 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17843
27300 ;;;;;; 45615))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27302
27303 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27304 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27305
27306 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27307
27308 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27309 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27310 You can use `float-time' instead.
27311
27312 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27313
27314 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27315 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27316
27317 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27318
27319 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27320 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27321
27322 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27323
27324 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27325 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27326
27327 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27328
27329 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27330 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27331 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27332
27333 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27334
27335 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27336
27337 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27338 Subtract two time values.
27339 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27340
27341 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27342
27343 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27344 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27345
27346 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27347
27348 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27349 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27350 DATE should be a date-time string.
27351
27352 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27353
27354 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27355 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27356 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27357
27358 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27359
27360 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27361 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27362
27363 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27364
27365 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27366 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27367
27368 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27369
27370 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27371 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27372 TIME should be a time value.
27373 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27374
27375 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27376
27377 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27378 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27379 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27380
27381 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27382
27383 ;;;***
27384 \f
27385 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27386 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17843 45612))
27387 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27388 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27389 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27390 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27391 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27392 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27393 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27394 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27395
27396 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27397 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27398 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27399 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27400 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27401 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27402 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27403 look like one of the following:
27404 Time-stamp: <>
27405 Time-stamp: \" \"
27406 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27407 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27408 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27409 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27410 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27411 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27412 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27413 the template.
27414
27415 \(fn)" t nil)
27416
27417 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27418 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27419 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27420
27421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27422
27423 ;;;***
27424 \f
27425 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27426 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27427 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27428 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27429 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27431
27432 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27433 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27434 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27435 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27436 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27437 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27438 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27439 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27440 display (non-nil means on).
27441
27442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27443
27444 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27445 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27446 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27447 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27448 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27449 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27450 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27451 this function is called within a day.
27452
27453 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27454 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27455 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27456 discover the name of the project.
27457
27458 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27459
27460 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27461 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27462 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27463 begun during the last time segment.
27464
27465 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27466 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27467 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27468 discover the reason.
27469
27470 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27471
27472 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27473 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27474 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27475 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27476 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27477
27478 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27479
27480 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27481 Change to working on a different project.
27482 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27483 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27484 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27485 working on.
27486
27487 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27488
27489 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27490 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27491 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27492
27493 \(fn)" nil nil)
27494
27495 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27496 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27497 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27498
27499 \(fn)" t nil)
27500
27501 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27502 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27503 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27504 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27505 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27506 \"relative to today\".
27507
27508 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27509
27510 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27511 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27512 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27513 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27514
27515 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27516
27517 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27518 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27519 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27520 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27521 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27522 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27523
27524 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27525
27526 ;;;***
27527 \f
27528 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27529 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27530 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17843 45615))
27531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27532
27533 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27534
27535 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27536 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27537
27538 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27539
27540 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27541 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27542 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27543 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27544
27545 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27546
27547 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27548 Perform an action at time TIME.
27549 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27550 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27551 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27552 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27553 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27554 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27555
27556 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27557
27558 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27559
27560 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27561 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27562 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27563 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27564 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27565
27566 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27567
27568 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27571 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27572 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27573 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27574
27575 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27576
27577 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27578 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27579 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27580 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27581 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27582 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27583 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27584
27585 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27586 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27587
27588 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27589
27590 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27591 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27592
27593 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27594 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27595 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27596 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27597 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27598 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27599 be detected.
27600
27601 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27602
27603 ;;;***
27604 \f
27605 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27606 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17843 45620))
27607 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27608
27609 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27610 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27611 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27612 the generated Quail package is saved.
27613
27614 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27615
27616 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27617 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27618 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27619 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27620 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27621 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27622 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27623
27624 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27625
27626 ;;;***
27627 \f
27628 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27629 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17843
27630 ;;;;;; 45621))
27631 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27632
27633 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27634 Not documented
27635
27636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27637
27638 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27639 Not documented
27640
27641 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27642
27643 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27644 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27645 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27646 PATTERN regexp.
27647
27648 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27649
27650 ;;;***
27651 \f
27652 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27653 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17843 45612))
27654 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27655 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27656 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27657 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27658
27659 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27660 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27661 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27662 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27663 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27664
27665 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27666
27667 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27668 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27669 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27670 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27671 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27672
27673 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27674
27675 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27676 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27677 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27678 in the menu in two ways:
27679 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27680 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27681 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27682
27683 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27684 keymap or an alist of alists.
27685 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27686 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27687
27688 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27689
27690 ;;;***
27691 \f
27692 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27693 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27694 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17843 45615))
27695 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27696
27697 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27698 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27699
27700 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27701
27702 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27703 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27704
27705 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27706
27707 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27708 Insert new TODO list entry.
27709 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27710 category.
27711
27712 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27713
27714 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27715 List top priorities for each category.
27716
27717 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27718 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27719
27720 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27721 between each category.
27722
27723 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27724
27725 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27726 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27727 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27728 between each category.
27729
27730 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27731
27732 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27733
27734 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27735 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27736
27737 \\{todo-mode-map}
27738
27739 \(fn)" t nil)
27740
27741 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27742 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27743
27744 \(fn)" nil nil)
27745
27746 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27747 Show TODO list.
27748
27749 \(fn)" t nil)
27750
27751 ;;;***
27752 \f
27753 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27754 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27755 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
27756 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27757
27758 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27759
27760 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27761 Add an item to the tool bar.
27762 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27763 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27764 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27765 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27766
27767 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27768 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27769 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27770 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27771
27772 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27773 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27774
27775 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27776
27777 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27778 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27779 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27780 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27781 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27782 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27783
27784 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27785 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27786 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27787 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27788
27789 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27790
27791 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27792 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27793 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27794 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27795 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27796 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27797 properties to add to the binding.
27798
27799 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27800
27801 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27802 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27803
27804 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27805
27806 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27807 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27808 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27809 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27810 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27811 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27812 properties to add to the binding.
27813
27814 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27815 holds a keymap.
27816
27817 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27818
27819 ;;;***
27820 \f
27821 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27822 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
27823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27824
27825 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27826 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27827 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27830 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27831
27832 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27833
27834 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27835 TPU/edt emulation.
27836
27837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27838
27839 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27840
27841 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27842 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27843
27844 \(fn)" t nil)
27845
27846 ;;;***
27847 \f
27848 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27849 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17843 45615))
27850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27851
27852 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27853 Set scroll margins.
27854
27855 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27856
27857 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27858 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27859
27860 \(fn)" t nil)
27861
27862 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27863 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27864
27865 \(fn)" t nil)
27866
27867 ;;;***
27868 \f
27869 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17843 45615))
27870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27871
27872 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27873 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27874 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27875 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27876 to a tcp server on another machine.
27877
27878 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27879
27880 ;;;***
27881 \f
27882 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27883 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17843 45615))
27884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27885
27886 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27887 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27888
27889 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27890
27891 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27892 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27893 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27894 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27895 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27896 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27897 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27898 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27899
27900 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27901
27902 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27903 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27904 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27905 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27906 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27907 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27908 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27909 the window or buffer configuration.
27910
27911 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27912
27913 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27914
27915 ;;;***
27916 \f
27917 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27918 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27919 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27920 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17844 62922))
27921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27922
27923 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27924 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27925 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27926
27927 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27928 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27929 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27930 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27931
27932 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27933 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27934 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27935 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27936
27937 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27938 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27939 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27940 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27941 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27942 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27943 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27944 files which are not really tramp files.
27945
27946 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27947 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27948 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27949 updated after changing this variable.
27950
27951 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27952
27953 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27954
27955 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27956 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27957 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27958 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27959
27960 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27961 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27962 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27963 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27964
27965 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27966 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27967 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27968
27969 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27970 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27971 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27972 updated after changing this variable.
27973
27974 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27975
27976 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27977
27978 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27979 Alist of completion handler functions.
27980 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27981 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27982 normal Emacs functions.")
27983
27984 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27985 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27986 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27987 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27988
27989 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27990 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27991 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27992 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27993
27994 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27995 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27996 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27997
27998 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27999
28000 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28001 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28002 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28003
28004 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28005 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28006 (add-hook
28007 'after-init-hook
28008 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28009
28010 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28011 Not documented
28012
28013 \(fn)" nil nil)
28014
28015 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28016 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28017
28018 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28019
28020 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28021 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28022
28023 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28024
28025 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28026 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28027
28028 \(fn)" t nil)
28029
28030 ;;;***
28031 \f
28032 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28033 ;;;;;; (17843 45624))
28034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28035
28036 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28037 Not documented
28038
28039 \(fn)" nil nil)
28040
28041 ;;;***
28042 \f
28043 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28044 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28045 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28046 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28047 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28048 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17843
28049 ;;;;;; 45612))
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28051
28052 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28053 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28054
28055 \(fn)" t nil)
28056
28057 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28058 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28059
28060 Convenience command that:
28061
28062 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28063 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28064 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28065
28066 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28067 image files in dired and type
28068 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28069
28070 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28071
28072 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28073 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28074
28075 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28076
28077 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28078 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28079 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28080 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28081 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28082 another one).
28083
28084 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28085 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28086 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28087
28088 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28089 instead of erasing it first.
28090
28091 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28092 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28093 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28094 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28095 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28096 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28097
28098 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28099
28100 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28101 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28102 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28103 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28104 displayed.
28105
28106 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
28107
28108 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28109
28110 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28111 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28112
28113 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28114
28115 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28116 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28117 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28118
28119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28120
28121 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28122 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28123
28124 \(fn)" t nil)
28125
28126 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28127 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28128 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28129 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28130
28131 \(fn)" t nil)
28132
28133 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28134 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28135
28136 \(fn)" t nil)
28137
28138 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28139 Shorthand for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28140
28141 \(fn)" t nil)
28142
28143 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28144 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28145
28146 \(fn)" t nil)
28147
28148 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28149 Display current image file.
28150 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28151 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28152
28153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28154
28155 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28156 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28157
28158 \(fn)" t nil)
28159
28160 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28161 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28162 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28163 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28164 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28165 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28166 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28167
28168 \(fn)" t nil)
28169
28170 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28171 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28172 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28173 easy-to-use form.
28174
28175 \(fn)" t nil)
28176
28177 ;;;***
28178 \f
28179 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17843
28180 ;;;;;; 45612))
28181 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28182
28183 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28184 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28185 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28186 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28187 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28188 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28189 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28190 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28191
28192 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28193 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28194 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28195
28196 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28197 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28198 resumed later.
28199
28200 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28201
28202 ;;;***
28203 \f
28204 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28205 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17843 45630))
28206 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28207 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28208 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28209 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28210
28211 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28212 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28213 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28214 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28215 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28216 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28217 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28218
28219 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28220
28221 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28222 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28223 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28224 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28225
28226 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28227
28228 \(fn)" t nil)
28229
28230 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28231 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28232 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28233 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28234 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28235 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28236 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28237
28238 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28239 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28240
28241 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28242 \\___/\\
28243 / \\
28244 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28245
28246 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28247
28248 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28249
28250 ;;;***
28251 \f
28252 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28253 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28254 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28255 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28256 ;;;;;; (17845 22175))
28257 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28258
28259 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28260 Toggle typing break mode.
28261 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28262 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28263 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28264
28265 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28266
28267 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28268 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28269
28270 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28271
28272 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28273 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28274
28275 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28276 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28277 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28278
28279 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28280 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28281
28282 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28283
28284 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28285 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28286
28287 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28288 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28289 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28290 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28291
28292 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28293
28294 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28295 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28296 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28297
28298 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28299 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28300 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28301 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28302 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28303 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28304
28305 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28306 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28307 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28308 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28309
28310 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28311 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28312
28313 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28314 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28315
28316 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28317
28318 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28319 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28320 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28321
28322 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28323 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28324 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28325 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28326 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28327 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28328 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28329
28330 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28331 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28332
28333 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28334 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28335 reset the keystroke counter.
28336
28337 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28338 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28339 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28340 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28341
28342 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28343 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28344 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28345 `type-break-schedule' command.
28346
28347 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28348 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28349 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28350 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28351 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28352 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28353 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28354 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28355 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28356
28357 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28358 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28359 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28360 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28361 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28362
28363 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28364 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28365 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28366 approximate good values for this.
28367
28368 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28369 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28370
28371 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28372 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28373 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28374 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28375 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28376 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28377
28378 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28379 a typing break occur. They include:
28380
28381 `type-break-query-mode'
28382 `type-break-query-function'
28383 `type-break-query-interval'
28384
28385 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28386
28387 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28388 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28389 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28390 problems.
28391
28392 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28393
28394 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28395 Take a typing break.
28396
28397 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28398 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28399
28400 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28401 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28402
28403 \(fn)" t nil)
28404
28405 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28406 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28407 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28408 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28409
28410 \(fn)" t nil)
28411
28412 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28413 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28414
28415 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28416 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28417 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28418 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28419 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28420 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28421 average typing speed.)
28422
28423 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28424 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28425 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28426 the computed maximum threshold.
28427
28428 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28429 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28430 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28431 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28432 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28433
28434 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28435
28436 ;;;***
28437 \f
28438 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28439 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17843 45630))
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28441
28442 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28443 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28444 Works by overstriking underscores.
28445 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28446 which specify the range to operate on.
28447
28448 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28449
28450 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28451 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28452 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28453 which specify the range to operate on.
28454
28455 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28456
28457 ;;;***
28458 \f
28459 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28460 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17843 45622))
28461 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28462
28463 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28464 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28465 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28466
28467 \(fn)" t nil)
28468
28469 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28470 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28471 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28472 following the containing message.
28473
28474 \(fn)" t nil)
28475
28476 ;;;***
28477 \f
28478 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28479 ;;;;;; (17843 45622))
28480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28481
28482 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28483 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28484 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28485 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28486 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28487 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28488
28489 \(fn)" nil nil)
28490
28491 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28492 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28493
28494 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28495
28496 ;;;***
28497 \f
28498 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17843
28499 ;;;;;; 45615))
28500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28501
28502 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28503 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28504 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28505 of symbols with local bindings.
28506
28507 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28508
28509 ;;;***
28510 \f
28511 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28512 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17843 45630))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28514
28515 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28516 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28517 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28518
28519 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28520 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28521 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28522 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28523 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28524 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28525
28526 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28527 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28528 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28529
28530 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28531 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28532 the callback is not called).
28533
28534 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28535 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28536 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28537 take effect.
28538
28539 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28540
28541 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28542 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28543 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28544 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28545 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28546
28547 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28548
28549 ;;;***
28550 \f
28551 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28552 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17843 45630))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28554
28555 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28556 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28557 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28558
28559 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28560 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28561 `url-generic-parse-url'
28562 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28563 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28564 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28565 realm
28566 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28567 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28568 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28569 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28570 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28571 what type of auth to use
28572 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28573 if one cannot be found in the cache
28574
28575 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28576
28577 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28578 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28579
28580 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28581 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28582 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28583 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28584 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28585 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28586 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28587 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28588
28589 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28590
28591 ;;;***
28592 \f
28593 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28594 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17843
28595 ;;;;;; 45630))
28596 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28597
28598 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28599 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28600
28601 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28602
28603 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28604 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28605
28606 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28607
28608 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28609 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28610
28611 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28612
28613 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28614 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28615
28616 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28617
28618 ;;;***
28619 \f
28620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17843 45630))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28622
28623 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28624 Not documented
28625
28626 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28627
28628 ;;;***
28629 \f
28630 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28631 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17843 45630))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28633
28634 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28635 Not documented
28636
28637 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28638
28639 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28640 Not documented
28641
28642 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28643
28644 ;;;***
28645 \f
28646 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17843
28647 ;;;;;; 45630))
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28649
28650 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28651 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28652
28653 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28654
28655 ;;;***
28656 \f
28657 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28658 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17843 45630))
28659 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28660
28661 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28662 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28663
28664 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28665
28666 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28667 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28668 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28669 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28670 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28671
28672 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28673
28674 ;;;***
28675 \f
28676 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28677 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17843
28678 ;;;;;; 45630))
28679 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28680
28681 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28682 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28683 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28686 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28687
28688 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28689
28690 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28691 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28692
28693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28694
28695 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28696 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28697 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28698 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28699 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28700 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28701 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28702 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28703 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28704
28705 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28706
28707 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28708 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28709 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28710 accessible.
28711
28712 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28713
28714 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28715 Not documented
28716
28717 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28718
28719 ;;;***
28720 \f
28721 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28722 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17843 45630))
28723 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28724
28725 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28726 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28727 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28728 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28729 CBARGS as the arguments.
28730
28731 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28732
28733 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28734 Not documented
28735
28736 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28737
28738 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28739
28740 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28741 Not documented
28742
28743 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28744
28745 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28746 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28747 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28748
28749 Property list members:
28750
28751 methods
28752 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28753 supports.
28754
28755 dav
28756 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28757 supported.
28758
28759 dasl
28760 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28761
28762 ranges
28763 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28764
28765 p3p
28766 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28767 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28768 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28769 Emacs/W3.
28770
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28772
28773 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28774 Default HTTPS port.")
28775
28776 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28777 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28778
28779 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28780 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28781 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28782 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28783 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28784
28785 ;;;***
28786 \f
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17843 45630))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28789
28790 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28791 Not documented
28792
28793 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28794
28795 ;;;***
28796 \f
28797 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17843
28798 ;;;;;; 45630))
28799 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28800
28801 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28802 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28803 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28804 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28805 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28806
28807 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28808
28809 ;;;***
28810 \f
28811 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28812 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28813 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28814
28815 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28816 Not documented
28817
28818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28819
28820 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28821 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28822
28823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28824
28825 ;;;***
28826 \f
28827 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28828 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17843 45630))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28830
28831 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28832 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28833
28834 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28835
28836 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28837 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28838
28839 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28840
28841 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28842 Not documented
28843
28844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28845
28846 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28847
28848 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28849
28850 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28851
28852 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28853 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28854
28855 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28856
28857 ;;;***
28858 \f
28859 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28860 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28862
28863 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28864 Not documented
28865
28866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28867
28868 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28869 Not documented
28870
28871 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28872
28873 ;;;***
28874 \f
28875 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28876 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28877 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28878 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28879
28880 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28881 Not documented
28882
28883 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28884
28885 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28886 Not documented
28887
28888 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28889
28890 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28891 Not documented
28892
28893 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28894
28895 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28896 Not documented
28897
28898 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28899
28900 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28901 Not documented
28902
28903 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28904
28905 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28906 Not documented
28907
28908 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28909
28910 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28911 Not documented
28912
28913 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28914
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28918 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17843 45630))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28920
28921 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28922 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28923
28924 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28925
28926 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28927 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28928 Format is:
28929 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28930
28931 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28932
28933 ;;;***
28934 \f
28935 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28936 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28937 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28938
28939 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28940 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28941
28942 \(fn)" t nil)
28943
28944 ;;;***
28945 \f
28946 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28947 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28948 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28949 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28950 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28951 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28952 ;;;;;; (17843 45630))
28953 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28954
28955 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28956 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28957 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28958
28959 If t, all messages will be logged.
28960 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28961 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28962
28963 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28964
28965 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28966 Not documented
28967
28968 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28971 Not documented
28972
28973 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28974
28975 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28976 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28977 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28978 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28979 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28980 & ==> &amp;
28981 < ==> &lt;
28982 > ==> &gt;
28983 \" ==> &quot;
28984
28985 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28986
28987 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28988 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28989 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28990
28991 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28992
28993 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28994 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28995 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28996
28997 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28998
28999 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29000 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29001
29002 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29003
29004 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29005 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29006
29007 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29008
29009 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29010 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29011
29012 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29013
29014 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29015 Not documented
29016
29017 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29018
29019 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29020 Not documented
29021
29022 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29023
29024 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29025 Not documented
29026
29027 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29028
29029 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29030 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29031
29032 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29033
29034 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29035 Not documented
29036
29037 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29038
29039 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29040 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29041 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29042 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29043 forbidden in URL encoding.
29044
29045 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29046
29047 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29048 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29049 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29050 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29051 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29052 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29053
29054 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29055
29056 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29057 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29058 If optional variable X is t,
29059 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29060
29061 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29062
29063 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29064 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29065 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29066
29067 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29068
29069 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29070 View the current document's URL.
29071 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29072 the minibuffer.
29073
29074 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29075
29076 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29077
29078 ;;;***
29079 \f
29080 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29081 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17843 45612))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29083
29084 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29085 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29086 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29087 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29088 to refrain from editing the file
29089 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29090 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29091 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29092 in any way you like.
29093
29094 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29095
29096 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29097 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29098 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29099 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29100 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29101
29102 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29103 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29104
29105 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29106
29107 ;;;***
29108 \f
29109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17843 45620))
29110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29111 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29112
29113 ;;;***
29114 \f
29115 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29116 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29117 ;;;;;; (17843 45618))
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29119
29120 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29121 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29122 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29123 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29124
29125 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29126
29127 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29128 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29129 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29130
29131 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29132
29133 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29134 Uudecode region between START and END.
29135 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29136
29137 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29138
29139 ;;;***
29140 \f
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29142 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29143 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29144 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29145 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29146 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29147 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17843 45612))
29148 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29149
29150 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29151 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29152 See `run-hooks'.")
29153
29154 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29155
29156 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29157 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29158 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29159
29160 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29161
29162 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29163 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29164 See `run-hooks'.")
29165
29166 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29167
29168 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29169 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29170
29171 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29172
29173 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29174 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29175
29176 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29177
29178 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29179 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29180 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29181 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29182 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29183 somebody else, signal error.
29184
29185 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29186
29187 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29188 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29189 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29190 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29191 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29192
29193 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29194
29195 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29196 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29197 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29198 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29199 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29200 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29201 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29202 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29203 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29204 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29205 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29206 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29207
29208 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29209
29210 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29211 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29212
29213 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29214 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29215
29216 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29217 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29218 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29219 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29220 lock steals will raise an error.
29221
29222 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29223
29224 For RCS and SCCS files:
29225 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29226 control.
29227 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29228 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29229 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29230 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29231 it performs a revert.
29232 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29233 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29234 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29235 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29236 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29237 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29238 the option to steal the lock.
29239
29240 For CVS files:
29241 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29242 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29243 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29244 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29245 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29246 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29247 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29248 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29249 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29250
29251 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29252
29253 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29254 Register the current file into a version control system.
29255 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29256 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29257
29258 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29259 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29260 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29261 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29262 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29263 first backend that could register the file is used.
29264
29265 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29266
29267 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29268 Display diffs between file versions.
29269 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29270 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29271 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29272 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29273 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29274 saving the buffer.
29275
29276 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29277
29278 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29279 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29280 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29281 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29282
29283 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29284
29285 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29286 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29287 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29288 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29289
29290 \(fn)" t nil)
29291
29292 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29293 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29294 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29295 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29296 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29297 from the current branch.
29298
29299 See Info node `Merging'.
29300
29301 \(fn)" t nil)
29302
29303 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29304
29305 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29306 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29307
29308 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29309
29310 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29311 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29312
29313 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29314
29315 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29316 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29317 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29318 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29319 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29320 are checked out in that new branch.
29321
29322 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29323
29324 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29325 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29326 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29327 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29328 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29329 allowed and simply skipped).
29330
29331 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29332
29333 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29334 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29335 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29336
29337 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29338
29339 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29340 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29341 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29342 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29343 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29344
29345 \(fn)" t nil)
29346
29347 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29348 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29349 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29350 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29351 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29352 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29353
29354 \(fn)" t nil)
29355
29356 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29357 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29358 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29359
29360 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29361
29362 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29363 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29364 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29365 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29366 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29367 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29368 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29369
29370 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29371
29372 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29373 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29374 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29375 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29376 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29377 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29378 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29379 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29380 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29381
29382 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29383
29384 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29385 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29386
29387 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29388
29389 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29390 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29391 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29392 directory.
29393
29394 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29395
29396 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29397 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29398 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29399
29400 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29401 log entries should be gathered.
29402
29403 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29404
29405 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29406 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29407
29408 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29409 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29410 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29411 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29412 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29413 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29414
29415 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29416 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29417 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29418 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29419 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29420 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29421 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29422 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29423
29424 Customization variables:
29425
29426 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29427 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29428 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29429 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29430
29431 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29432
29433 ;;;***
29434 \f
29435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17843 45612))
29436 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29437 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29438 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29439 (progn
29440 (load "vc-arch")
29441 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29442
29443 ;;;***
29444 \f
29445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17843 45612))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29447 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29448 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29449 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29450 (load "vc-cvs")
29451 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29452
29453 ;;;***
29454 \f
29455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17843 45612))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29457 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29458 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29459 (progn
29460 (load "vc-mcvs")
29461 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29462
29463 ;;;***
29464 \f
29465 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29466 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29467 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29468
29469 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29470 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29471 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29472
29473 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29474 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29475
29476 ;;;***
29477 \f
29478 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29479 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
29480 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29481
29482 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29483 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29484 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29485
29486 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29487 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29488
29489 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29490 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29491 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29492 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29493
29494 ;;;***
29495 \f
29496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17838 18033))
29497 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29498 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29499 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29500 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29501 "_svn")
29502 (t ".svn"))))
29503 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29504 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29505 (file-name-directory f)))
29506 (load "vc-svn")
29507 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29508
29509 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29510
29511 ;;;***
29512 \f
29513 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29514 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
29515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29516
29517 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29518 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29519
29520 Usage:
29521 ------
29522
29523 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29524 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29525 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29526 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29527 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29528 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29529 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29530 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29531 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29532
29533 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29534 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29535 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29536 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29537
29538 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29539 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29540 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29541 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29542 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29543
29544 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29545 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29546
29547
29548 HEADER INSERTION:
29549 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29550 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29551 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29552
29553
29554 STUTTERING:
29555 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29556 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29557 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29558 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29559
29560 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29561 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29562 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29563 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29564 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29565
29566
29567 WORD COMPLETION:
29568 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29569 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29570 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29571 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29572
29573 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29574 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29575 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29576 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29577 beginning with \"std\").
29578
29579 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29580 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29581 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29582 stop.
29583
29584
29585 COMMENTS:
29586 `--' puts a single comment.
29587 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29588 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29589 with a comment in between.
29590 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29591 out following lines.
29592 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29593 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29594
29595 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29596 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29597 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29598 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29599 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29600 non-nil.
29601
29602 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29603 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29604 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29605 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29606 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29607 multi-line comments.
29608
29609
29610 INDENTATION:
29611 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29612 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29613 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29614 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29615
29616 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29617 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29618 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29619 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29620
29621 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29622 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29623 and vice versa.
29624
29625 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29626 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29627
29628
29629 ALIGNMENT:
29630 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29631 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29632 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29633 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29634 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29635 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29636 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29637 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29638
29639 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29640 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29641 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29642 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29643 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29644 is non-nil.
29645
29646 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29647 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29648 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29649
29650 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29651 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29652
29653
29654 CODE FILLING:
29655 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29656 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29657 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29658 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29659 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29660 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29661
29662
29663 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29664 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29665 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29666 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29667 command:
29668
29669 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29670
29671
29672 PORT TRANSLATION:
29673 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29674 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29675 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29676 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29677 internal signal initializations (menu).
29678
29679 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29680 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29681 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29682
29683 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29684 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29685 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29686 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29687 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29688 in subsequent paste operations.)
29689
29690 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29691 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29692 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29693
29694
29695 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29696 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29697 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29698 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29699 association list with formals).
29700
29701
29702 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29703 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29704 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29705 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29706 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29707 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29708 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29709 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29710 `vhdl-testbench'.
29711
29712
29713 KEY BINDINGS:
29714 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29715
29716
29717 VHDL MENU:
29718 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29719
29720
29721 FILE BROWSER:
29722 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29723 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29724 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29725
29726 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29727 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29728
29729
29730 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29731 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29732 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29733 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29734
29735 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29736 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29737 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29738
29739 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29740 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29741 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29742 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29743
29744 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29745 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29746 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29747 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29748 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29749
29750 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29751 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29752 required by secondary units.
29753
29754
29755 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29756 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29757 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29758 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29759 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29760 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29761 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29762 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29763 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29764 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29765 inputs to this component -> input port created
29766 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29767 outputs from this component -> output port created
29768 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29769 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29770
29771 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29772 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29773 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29774 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29775 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29776
29777 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29778 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29779
29780 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29781 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29782 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29783 component instantiation is also supported (option
29784 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29785
29786 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29787 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29788 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29789 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29790 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29791 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29792 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29793 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29794 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29795 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29796 | generating the configuration.
29797 |
29798 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29799 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29800 | configurations in speedbar.
29801
29802 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29803
29804
29805 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29806 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29807 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29808 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29809 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29810 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29811 information. New compilers can be added.
29812
29813 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29814 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29815
29816
29817 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29818 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29819 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29820 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29821 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29822
29823 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29824 command:
29825
29826 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29827 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29828 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29829
29830 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29831 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29832 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29833 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29834 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29835 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29836 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29837
29838 Limitations:
29839 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29840 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29841 not (yet) supported.
29842 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29843 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29844 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29845
29846
29847 PROJECTS:
29848 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29849 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29850 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29851 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29852 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29853 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29854 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29855 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29856
29857 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29858 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29859 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29860 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29861 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29862 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29863 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29864 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29865 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29866 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29867 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29868
29869
29870 SPECIAL MENUES:
29871 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29872 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29873 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29874 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29875 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29876 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29877 current directory for VHDL source files.
29878
29879
29880 VHDL STANDARDS:
29881 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29882 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29883
29884
29885 KEYWORD CASE:
29886 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29887 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29888 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29889 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29890 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29891 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29892 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29893 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29894
29895
29896 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29897 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29898 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29899 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29900 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29901 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29902 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29903
29904 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29905 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29906 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29907 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29908 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29909 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29910
29911 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29912 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29913 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29914 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29915 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29916 visually.
29917
29918 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29919 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29920 highlighted if written in lower case.
29921
29922 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29923 highlighted using a different background color if option
29924 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29925
29926 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29927 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29928 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29929 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29930 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29931
29932
29933 USER MODELS:
29934 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29935 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29936 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29937
29938
29939 HIDE/SHOW:
29940 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29941 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29942 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29943 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29944 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29945
29946
29947 CODE UPDATING:
29948 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29949 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29950 Limitations:
29951 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29952 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29953 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29954 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29955 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29956 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29957 (used to obtain the port names).
29958
29959
29960 CODE FIXING:
29961 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29962 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29963
29964
29965 PRINTING:
29966 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29967 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29968 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29969 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29970 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29971 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29972 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29973 printers.
29974
29975
29976 OPTIONS:
29977 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29978 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29979 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29980 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29981 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29982
29983 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29984 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29985 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29986 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29987 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29988 INSTALL file).
29989
29990 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29991 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29992
29993
29994 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29995 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29996 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29997 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29998
29999 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30000
30001
30002 HINTS:
30003 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30004 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30005
30006 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30007
30008 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30009
30010 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30011
30012
30013 RELEASE NOTES:
30014 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30015
30016
30017 Maintenance:
30018 ------------
30019
30020 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30021 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30022
30023 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30024
30025 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30026 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30027 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30028 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30029
30030 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30031 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30032 where the latest version can be found.
30033
30034
30035 Known problems:
30036 ---------------
30037
30038 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30039 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30040 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30041
30042
30043 The VHDL Mode Authors
30044 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30045
30046 Key bindings:
30047 -------------
30048
30049 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30050
30051 \(fn)" t nil)
30052
30053 ;;;***
30054 \f
30055 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17789 35159))
30056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30057
30058 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30059 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30060 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30061 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30062
30063 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30064 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30065 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30066 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30067 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30068
30069 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30070 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30071
30072 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30073
30074 * Limitations and unsupported features
30075 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30076 not supported.
30077 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30078 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30079
30080 * Modifications
30081 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30082 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30083 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30084 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30085 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30086 for undoing a repeated change command.
30087 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30088 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30089 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30090
30091 * Extensions
30092 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30093 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30094 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30095 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30096 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30097 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30098 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30099 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30100
30101 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30102
30103 \(fn)" t nil)
30104
30105 ;;;***
30106 \f
30107 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30108 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30109 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30110 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17843 45621))
30111 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30112
30113 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30114 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30115
30116 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30117
30118 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30119 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30120 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30121 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30122
30123 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30124
30125 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30126 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30127
30128 \(fn)" t nil)
30129
30130 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30131 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30132 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30133 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30134
30135 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30136
30137 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30138 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30139
30140 \(fn)" t nil)
30141
30142 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30143 Not documented
30144
30145 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30146
30147 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30148 Not documented
30149
30150 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30151
30152 ;;;***
30153 \f
30154 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30155 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30156 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17843
30157 ;;;;;; 45612))
30158 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30159
30160 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30161 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30162 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30163 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30164
30165 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30166
30167 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30168 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30169 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30170 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30171 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30172 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30173 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30174
30175 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30176
30177 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30178
30179 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30180 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30181 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30182 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30183 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30184 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30185 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30186 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30187
30188 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30189
30190 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30191
30192 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30193 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30194 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30195 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30196 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30197 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30198 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30199 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30200
30201 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30202
30203 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30204
30205 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30206 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30207 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30208 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30209 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30210 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30211 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30212
30213 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30214
30215 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30216 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30217 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30218
30219 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30220
30221 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30222 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30223 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30224 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30225 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30226 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30227 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30228 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30229
30230 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30231
30232 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30233 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30234 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30235
30236 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30237
30238 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30239 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30241 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30242 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30243 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30245 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30246
30247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30248
30249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30251 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30252
30253 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30254
30255 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30256 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30257 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30258
30259 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30260 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30261 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30262 read-only.
30263 \\<view-mode-map>
30264 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30265 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30266 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30267 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30268 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30269
30270 H, h, ? This message.
30271 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30272 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30273 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30274 > move to the end of buffer.
30275 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30276 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30277 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30278 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30279 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30280 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30281 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30282 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30283 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30284 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30285 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30286 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30287 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30288 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30289 Use this to view a changing file.
30290 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30291 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30292 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30293 . set the mark.
30294 x exchanges point and mark.
30295 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30296 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30297 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30298 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30299 ' go to position saved in character register.
30300 s do forward incremental search.
30301 r do reverse incremental search.
30302 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30303 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30304 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30305 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30306 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30307 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30308 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30309 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30310 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30311 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30312 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30313 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30314 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30315 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30316 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30317 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30318 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30319
30320 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30321 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30322 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30323 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30324 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30325 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30326 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30327 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30328 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30329
30330 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30331
30332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30333
30334 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30335 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30336 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30337 `view-return-to-alist'.
30338 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30339 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30340 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30341
30342 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30343 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30344 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30345 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30346 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30347 1) nil Do nothing.
30348 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30349 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30350 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30351 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30352
30353 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30354
30355 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30356
30357 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30358
30359 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30360 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30361
30362 \(fn)" t nil)
30363
30364 ;;;***
30365 \f
30366 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17843
30367 ;;;;;; 45615))
30368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30369
30370 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30371 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30372
30373 \(fn)" nil nil)
30374
30375 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30376 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30377
30378 \(fn)" t nil)
30379
30380 ;;;***
30381 \f
30382 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30383 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30385
30386 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30387 Toggle Viper on/off.
30388 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30389
30390 \(fn)" t nil)
30391
30392 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30393 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30394
30395 \(fn)" t nil)
30396
30397 ;;;***
30398 \f
30399 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30400 ;;;;;; (17843 45615))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30402
30403 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30404 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30405 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30406 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30407 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30408 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30409 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30410 the beginning of the warning.")
30411
30412 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30413 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30414 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30415 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30416 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30417 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30418 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30419 also call that function before the next warning.")
30420
30421 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30422 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30423
30424 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30425 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30426 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30427 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30428
30429 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30430 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30431 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30432 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30433 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30434 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30435
30436 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30437 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30438 Default is :warning.
30439
30440 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30441 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30442 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30443 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30444 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30445 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30446
30447 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30448 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30449
30450 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30451
30452 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30453 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30454
30455 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30456
30457 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30458 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30459 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30460 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30461
30462 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30463 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30464 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30465 can be whatever you like.)
30466
30467 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30468 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30469
30470 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30471 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30472 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30473 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30474 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30475
30476 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30477
30478 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30479 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30480 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30481 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30482 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30483
30484 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30485
30486 ;;;***
30487 \f
30488 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30489 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30490 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30491
30492 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30493 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30494 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30495 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30496 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30497 in disk.
30498
30499 See `wdired-mode'.
30500
30501 \(fn)" t nil)
30502
30503 ;;;***
30504 \f
30505 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17843 45625))
30506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30507
30508 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30509 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30510
30511 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30512 hotlist.
30513
30514 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30515 <nwv@acm.org>.
30516
30517 \(fn)" t nil)
30518
30519 ;;;***
30520 \f
30521 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30522 ;;;;;; (17843 45629))
30523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30524 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30525 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30526
30527 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30528
30529 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30530 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30531 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30534 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30535
30536 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30537
30538 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30539 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30540 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30541 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30542
30543 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30544 and off otherwise.
30545
30546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30547
30548 ;;;***
30549 \f
30550 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30551 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30552 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30553 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30554 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30555 ;;;;;; (17843 45612))
30556 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30557
30558 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30559 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30560
30561 \(fn)" t nil)
30562
30563 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30564 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30565
30566 \(fn)" t nil)
30567
30568 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30569 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30570
30571 \(fn)" t nil)
30572
30573 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30574 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30575
30576 \(fn)" t nil)
30577
30578 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30579 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30580
30581 \(fn)" t nil)
30582
30583 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30584 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30585 These are:
30586 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30587 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30588 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30589 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30590 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30591
30592 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30593 and:
30594 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30595 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30596
30597 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30598
30599 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30600 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30601
30602 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30603
30604 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30605 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30606 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30607 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30608 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30609
30610 \(fn)" t nil)
30611
30612 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30613 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30614
30615 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30616
30617 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30618
30619 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30620 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30621 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30624 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30625
30626 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30627
30628 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30629 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30630 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30631
30632 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30633 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30634
30635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30636
30637 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30638 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30639 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30640
30641 \(fn)" t nil)
30642
30643 ;;;***
30644 \f
30645 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30646 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17843 45612))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30648
30649 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30650 Browse the widget under point.
30651
30652 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30653
30654 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30655 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30656
30657 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30658
30659 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30660 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30661
30662 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30663
30664 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30665 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30666 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30667
30668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30669
30670 ;;;***
30671 \f
30672 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30673 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17843
30674 ;;;;;; 45612))
30675 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30676
30677 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30678 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30679
30680 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30681
30682 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30683 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30684 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30685
30686 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30687
30688 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30689 Create widget of TYPE.
30690 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30691
30692 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30693
30694 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30695 Delete WIDGET.
30696
30697 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30698
30699 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30700 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30701
30702 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30703
30704 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30705
30706 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30707 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30708 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30709
30710 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30711 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30712
30713 \(fn)" nil nil)
30714
30715 ;;;***
30716 \f
30717 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30718 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17843
30719 ;;;;;; 45612))
30720 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30721
30722 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30723 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30724 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30725 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30726 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30727 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30728 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30729
30730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30731
30732 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30733 Select the window above the current one.
30734 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30735 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30736 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30737 negative ARG) of the current window.
30738 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30739
30740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30741
30742 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30743 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30744 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30745 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30746 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30747 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30748 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30749
30750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30751
30752 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30753 Select the window below the current one.
30754 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30755 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30756 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30757 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30758 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30759
30760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30761
30762 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30763 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30764 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30765 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30766
30767 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30768
30769 ;;;***
30770 \f
30771 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30772 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30773 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30774
30775 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30776 Toggle Winner mode.
30777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30778 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30779
30780 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30781
30782 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30783 Toggle Winner mode.
30784 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30785
30786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30787
30788 ;;;***
30789 \f
30790 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30791 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17843 45613))
30792 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30793
30794 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30795 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30796 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30797 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30798 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30799 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30800 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30801 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30802
30803 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30804 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30805
30806 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30807
30808 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30809 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30810
30811 \(fn)" t nil)
30812
30813 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30814 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30815 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30816 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30817 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30818 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30819 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30820 `woman' command for further details.
30821
30822 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30823
30824 ;;;***
30825 \f
30826 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30827 ;;;;;; (17843 45616))
30828 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30829
30830 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30831 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30832
30833 BUGS:
30834 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30835 are not implemented
30836 - Options for search and replace
30837 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30838 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30839
30840 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30841 Emacs-like.
30842
30843 The key bindings are:
30844
30845 C-a backward-word
30846 C-b fill-paragraph
30847 C-c scroll-up-line
30848 C-d forward-char
30849 C-e previous-line
30850 C-f forward-word
30851 C-g delete-char
30852 C-h backward-char
30853 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30854 C-j help-for-help
30855 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30856 C-l ws-repeat-search
30857 C-n open-line
30858 C-p quoted-insert
30859 C-r scroll-down-line
30860 C-s backward-char
30861 C-t kill-word
30862 C-u keyboard-quit
30863 C-v overwrite-mode
30864 C-w scroll-down
30865 C-x next-line
30866 C-y kill-complete-line
30867 C-z scroll-up
30868
30869 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30870 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30871 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30872 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30873 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30874 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30875 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30876 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30877 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30878 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30879 C-k b ws-begin-block
30880 C-k c ws-copy-block
30881 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30882 C-k f find-file
30883 C-k h ws-show-markers
30884 C-k i ws-indent-block
30885 C-k k ws-end-block
30886 C-k p ws-print-block
30887 C-k q kill-emacs
30888 C-k r insert-file
30889 C-k s save-some-buffers
30890 C-k t ws-mark-word
30891 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30892 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30893 C-k v ws-move-block
30894 C-k w ws-write-block
30895 C-k x kill-emacs
30896 C-k y ws-delete-block
30897
30898 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30899 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30900 C-o j justify-current-line
30901 C-o k kill-buffer
30902 C-o l list-buffers
30903 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30904 C-o r set-fill-column
30905 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30906 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30907 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30908 C-o wo other-window
30909 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30910
30911 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30912 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30913 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30914 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30915 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30916 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30917 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30918 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30919 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30920 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30921 C-q a ws-query-replace
30922 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30923 C-q c end-of-buffer
30924 C-q d end-of-line
30925 C-q f ws-search
30926 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30927 C-q l ws-undo
30928 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30929 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30930 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30931 C-q w ws-last-error
30932 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30933 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30934
30935 \(fn)" t nil)
30936
30937 ;;;***
30938 \f
30939 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30940 ;;;;;; (17843 45613))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30942
30943 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30944 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30945 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30946 Returns the top node with all its children.
30947 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30948 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30949
30950 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30951
30952 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30953 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30954 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30955 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30956 is not well-formed XML.
30957 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30958 and returned as the first element of the list.
30959 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30960
30961 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30962
30963 ;;;***
30964 \f
30965 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17843
30966 ;;;;;; 45613))
30967 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30968
30969 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30970 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30971 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30973 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30974 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30975
30976 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30977
30978 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30979 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30980 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30981
30982 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30983 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30984 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30985 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30986 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30987 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30988
30989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30990
30991 ;;;***
30992 \f
30993 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30994 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17843 45618))
30995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30996
30997 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30998 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30999
31000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31001
31002 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31003 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31004
31005 \(fn)" nil nil)
31006
31007 ;;;***
31008 \f
31009 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31010 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17843 45626))
31011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31012
31013 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31014 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31015
31016 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31017
31018 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31019 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31020
31021 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31022
31023 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31024 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31025 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31026
31027 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31028
31029 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31030 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31031
31032 \(fn)" t nil)
31033
31034 ;;;***
31035 \f
31036 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17843 45626))
31037 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31038
31039 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31040 Zone out, completely.
31041
31042 \(fn)" t nil)
31043
31044 ;;;***
31045 \f
31046 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31047 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31048 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "patcomp.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (17845 23032 619212))
31180
31181 ;;;***
31182 \f
31183 ;; Local Variables:
31184 ;; version-control: never
31185 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31186 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31187 ;; End:
31188 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here